Թագաւորութիւններ Գ / 1 Kings - 4 |

Text:
< PreviousԹագաւորութիւններ Գ - 4 1 Kings - 4Next >


jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
An instance of the wisdom God granted to Solomon we had in the close of the foregoing chapter. In this we have an account of his wealth and prosperity, the other branch of the promise there made him. We have here, I. The magnificence of his court, his ministers of state (ver. 1-6), and the purveyors of his household (ver. 7-19), and their office, ver. 27, 28. II. The provisions for his table, ver. 22, 23. III. The extent of his dominion, ver. 21-24. IV. The numbers, case, and peace, of his subjects, ver. 20-25. V. His stables, ver. 26. VI. His great reputation for wisdom and learning, ver. 29-34. Thus great was Solomon, but our Lord Jesus was greater than he (Matt. xii. 42), though he took upon him the form of a servant; for divinity, in its lowest humiliation, infinitely transcends royalty in its highest elevation.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
An account of Solomon's chief officers, Kg1 4:1-6. Names of the twelve officers that were over twelve districts, to provide victuals for the king's household monthly, Kg1 4:7-19. Judah and Israel are very populous; and Solomon reigns over many provinces, Kg1 4:20, Kg1 4:21. The daily provision for his family, Kg1 4:22, Kg1 4:23. The extent and peace of his dominions, Kg1 4:24, Kg1 4:25. His horses, chariots, and dromedaries; with the provision made for them, Kg1 4:26-28. His wisdom and understanding, Kg1 4:29-31. The number of his proverbs and songs; and his knowledge in natural history, Kg1 4:32, Kg1 4:33. People from all nations come to hear his wisdom, Kg1 4:34.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:2
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Kg1 4:1, Solomon's princes; Kg1 4:7, His twelve officers for provision; Kg1 4:20, The peace and largeness of his kingdom; Kg1 4:22, His daily provision; Kg1 4:26, His stables; Kg1 4:29, His wisdom.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Solomon's Ministers of State. His Regal Splendour and Wisdom - 1 Kings 4-5:14
1 Kings 4 contains a list of the chief ministers of state (3Kings 4:2-6), and of the twelve officers placed over the land (3Kings 4:7-20), which is inserted here to give an idea of the might and glory of the kingdom of Israel under Solomon's reign. So far as the contents are concerned, this list belongs to the middle portion of the reign of Solomon, as we may see from the fact that two of the officers named had daughters of Solomon for their wives (3Kings 4:11, 3Kings 4:15), whom they could not possibly have married till the later years of Solomon's life.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO 1 KINGS 4
As in the preceding chapter we have a proof of the wisdom and understanding which the Lord gave to Solomon, as promised, so in this an account is given of the riches and honour he was possessed of; of him, as king over all Israel, and of his princes, 3Kings 4:1; of the providers of food for his household in the several parts of the land, 3Kings 4:7; of the largeness and extent of his dominions, and of the peace and prosperity thereof, 3Kings 4:20; of his daily provisions for his household and for his cattle, 3Kings 4:22; and of his superior wisdom and knowledge to all others in all nations, which brought some out of all to hear it, 3Kings 4:29.
John Wesley
All Israel - This is spoken with respect to his successors, who were kings only over a part, and that the smallest part of it.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
SOLOMON'S PRINCES. (3Kings 4:1-6)
So King Solomon was king over all Israel--This chapter contains a general description of the state and glory of the Hebrew kingdom during the more flourishing or later years of his reign.
4:14:1: Եւ էր արքայ Սողոմոն թագաւորեա՛լ ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի։
1 Սողոմոն արքան թագաւորում էր Իսրայէլի վրայ,
4 Սողոմոն թագաւորը բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւոր էր
Եւ էր արքայ Սողոմոն թագաւորեալ ի վերայ [54]Իսրայելի:

4:1: Եւ էր արքայ Սողոմոն թագաւորեա՛լ ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի։
1 Սողոմոն արքան թագաւորում էր Իսրայէլի վրայ,
4 Սողոմոն թագաւորը բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւոր էր
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:14:1 И был царь Соломон царем над всем Израилем.
4:1 καὶ και and; even ἦν ειμι be ὁ ο the βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king Σαλωμων σαλωμων reign ἐπὶ επι in; on Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
4:1 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֣לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon מֶ֖לֶךְ mˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס yiśrāʔˈēl . s יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
4:1. erat autem rex Salomon regnans super omnem IsrahelAnd king Solomon reigned over all Israel:
1. And king Solomon was king over all Israel.
4:1. Now king Solomon was reigning over all of Israel.
4:1. So king Solomon was king over all Israel.
So king Solomon was king over all Israel:

4:1 И был царь Соломон царем над всем Израилем.
4:1
καὶ και and; even
ἦν ειμι be
ο the
βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king
Σαλωμων σαλωμων reign
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
4:1
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֣לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
מֶ֖לֶךְ mˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס yiśrāʔˈēl . s יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
4:1. erat autem rex Salomon regnans super omnem Israhel
And king Solomon reigned over all Israel:
4:1. Now king Solomon was reigning over all of Israel.
4:1. So king Solomon was king over all Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1: Вступительное замечание к перчню служащих Соломона (ср. 2: Цар. VIII:35).
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Solomon's Officers. B. C. 1014.

1 So king Solomon was king over all Israel. 2 And these were the princes which he had; Azariah the son of Zadok the priest, 3 Elihoreph and Ahiah, the sons of Shisha, scribes; Jehoshaphat the son of Ahilud, the recorder. 4 And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada was over the host: and Zadok and Abiathar were the priests: 5 And Azariah the son of Nathan was over the officers: and Zabud the son of Nathan was principal officer, and the king's friend: 6 And Ahishar was over the household: and Adoniram the son of Abda was over the tribute. 7 And Solomon had twelve officers over all Israel, which provided victuals for the king and his household: each man his month in a year made provision. 8 And these are their names: The son of Hur, in mount Ephraim: 9 The son of Dekar, in Makaz, and in Shaalbim, and Beth-shemesh, and Elon-beth-hanan: 10 The son of Hesed, in Aruboth; to him pertained Sochoh, and all the land of Hepher: 11 The son of Abinadab, in all the region of Dor; which had Taphath the daughter of Solomon to wife: 12 Baana the son of Ahilud; to him pertained Taanach and Megiddo, and all Beth-shean, which is by Zartanah beneath Jezreel, from Beth-shean to Abel-meholah, even unto the place that is beyond Jokneam: 13 The son of Geber, in Ramoth-gilead; to him pertained the towns of Jair the son of Manasseh, which are in Gilead; to him also pertained the region of Argob, which is in Bashan, threescore great cities with walls and brasen bars: 14 Ahinadab the son of Iddo had Mahanaim: 15 Ahimaaz was in Naphtali; he also took Basmath the daughter of Solomon to wife: 16 Baanah the son of Hushai was in Asher and in Aloth: 17 Jehoshaphat the son of Paruah, in Issachar: 18 Shimei the son of Elah, in Benjamin: 19 Geber the son of Uri was in the country of Gilead, in the country of Sihon king of the Amorites, and of Og king of Bashan; and he was the only officer which was in the land.
Here we have,
I. Solomon upon his throne (v. 1): So king Solomon was king, that is, he was confirmed and established king over all Israel, and not, as his successors, only over two tribes. He was a king, that is, he did the work and duty of a king, with the wisdom God had given him. Those preserve the name and honour of their place that mind the business of it and make conscience of it.
II. The great officers of his court, in the choice of whom, no doubt, his wisdom much appeared. It is observable, 1. That several of them are the same that were in his father's time. Zadok and Abiathar were then priests (2 Sam. xx. 25), so they were now; only then Abiathar had the precedency, now Zadok. Jehoshaphat was then recorder, or keeper of the great seal, so he was now. Benaiah, in his father's time, was a principal man in military affairs, and so he was now. Shisha was his father's scribe, and his sons were his, v. 3. Solomon, though a wise man, would not affect to be wiser than his father in this matter. When sons come to inherit their father's wealth, honour, and power, it is a piece of respect to their memory, cæteris paribus--where it can properly be done, to employ those whom they employed, and trust those whom they trusted. Many pride themselves in being the reverse of their good parents. 2. The rest were priests' sons. His prime-minister of state was Azariah the son of Zadok the priest. Two others of the first rank were the sons of Nathan the prophet, v. 5. In preferring them he testified the grateful respect he had for their good father, whom he loved in the name of a prophet.
III. The purveyors for his household, whose business it was to send in provisions from several parts of the country, for the king's tables and cellars (v. 7) and for his stables (v. 27, 28), that thus, 1. His house might always be well furnished at the best hand. Let great men learn hence good house-keeping, to be generous in spending according to their ability, but prudent in providing. It is the character of the virtuous woman that she bringeth her food from afar (Prov. xxxi. 14), not far-fetched and dear-bought, but the contrary, every thing bought where it is cheapest. 2. That thus he himself, and those who immediately attended him, might be eased of a great deal of care, and the more closely apply themselves to the business of the state, not troubled about much serving, provision for that being got ready to their hand. 3. That thus all the parts of the kingdom might be equally benefited by the taking off of the commodities that were the productions of their country and the circulating of the coin. Industry would hereby be encouraged, and consequently wealth increased, even in those tribes that lay most remote from the court. The providence of God extends itself to all places of his dominions (Ps. ciii. 22); so should the prudence and care of princes. 4. The dividing of this trust into so many hands was prudent, that no man might be continually burdened with the care of it nor grow exorbitantly rich with the profit of it, but that Solomon might have those, in every district, who, having a dependence upon the court, would be serviceable to him and his interest as there was occasion. These commissioners of the victualling-office, not for the army or navy (Solomon was engaged in no war), but for the household, are here named, several of them only by their surnames, as great men commonly call their servants: Ben-hur, Ben-dekar, &c., though several of them have also their proper names prefixed. Two of them married Solomon's daughters, Ben-Abinadab (v. 11) and Ahimaaz (v. 15), and no disparagement to them to marry men of business. Better match with the officers of their father's court that were Israelites than with the sons of princes that were strangers to the covenant of promise. The son of Geber was in Ramoth-Gilead (v. 19), and Geber himself was in the country of Sihon and Og, which included that and Mahanaim, v. 14. He is therefore said to be the only officer in that land, because the other two, mentioned v. 13, 14, depended on him, and were subordinate to him.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:1: Solomon, that is, was king over "all Israel" from the first; not like David, who for seven and a half years reigned over Judah only. This feature well introduces the glory of Solomon and the organisation of the court, of which the historian in this chapter intends to give us a general sketch. Solomon constitutes certain "princes" or officers of the first rank, deriving their station from him, and probably holding it during pleasure.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:1: over all Israel: Kg1 11:13, Kg1 11:35, Kg1 11:36, Kg1 12:19, Kg1 12:20; Sa2 5:5; Ch1 12:38; Ch2 9:30; Ecc 1:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

The Chief Ministers of State. - The list is introduced in 3Kings 4:1 by the general remark, that "king Solomon was king over all Israel."
3Kings 4:2
The first of the שׂרים, princes, i.e., chief ministers of state or dignitaries, mentioned here is not the commander-in-chief, as under the warlike reign of David (2Kings 8:16; 2Kings 20:23), but, in accordance with the peaceful rule of Solomon, the administrator of the kingdom (or prime minister): "Azariah the son of Zadok was הכּהן," i.e., not the priest, but the administrator of the kingdom, the representative of the king before the people; like כּהן in v. 5, where this word is interpreted by המּלך רעה, with this difference, however, arising from the article before כּהן, that Azariah was the Kohen par excellence, that is to say, held the first place among the confidential counsellors of the king, so that his dignity was such as befitted the office of an administrator of the kingdom. Compare the explanation of כּהן at 2Kings 8:18. The view of the Vulgate, Luther, and others, which has been revived by Thenius, namely, that כּהן is to be connected as a genitive with בּן־צדוק in opposition to the accents, "Azariah the son of Zadok the priest," is incorrect, and does not even yield any sense, since the connection of these words with the following Elichoreph, etc., is precluded by the absence of the copula Vav, which would be indispensable if Azariah had held the same office as the two brothers Elichoreph and Achijah.
(Note: The objection by which Thenius tries to set aside this argument, which has been already advanced by Houbigant, viz., that "if the first (Azariah) was not also a state scribe, the copula would be inserted, as it is everywhere else from v. 4 onwards when a new office is mentioned," proves nothing at all, because the copula is also omitted in v. 3, where the new office of מזכּיר is introduced.)
Moreover, Azariah the son of Zadok cannot be a grandson of Zadok the high priest, i.e., a son of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, as many infer from 1 Chr. 5:34-35 (1Chron 6:8-9); for, apart from the fact that Zadok's grandson can hardly have been old enough at the time for Solomon to invest him with the chief dignity in the kingdom, which would surely be conferred upon none but men of mature years, we can see no reason why the Azariah mentioned here should not be called the son of Ahimaaz. If the Zadok referred to here was the high priest of that name, Azariah can only have been a brother of Ahimaaz. And there is no real difficulty in the way, since the name Azariah occurs three times in the line of high priests (1 Chr. 5:36, 39), and therefore was by no means rare.
3Kings 4:3
Elichoreph and Achijah, sons of Shisha, who had held the same office under David, were secretaries of state (ספרים: see at 2Kings 8:17 and 2Kings 20:25, where the different names שׁשׁא = שׁיא and שׂריה are also discussed). - Jehoshaphat the son of Ahilud was the chancellor, as he had already been in the time of David (2Kings 8:17 and 2Kings 20:24). The rendering of Thenius, "whilst Jehoshaphat was chancellor," is grammatically impossible.
3Kings 4:4
On Benaiah, compare 3Kings 2:35 and the Commentary on 2Kings 23:20. On Zadok and Abiathar, see at 2Kings 8:17. It appears strange that Abiathar should be named as priest, i.e., as high priest, along with Zadok, since Solomon had deposed him from the priestly office (3Kings 2:27, 3Kings 2:35), and we cannot imagine any subsequent pardon. The only possible explanation is that proposed by Theodoret, namely, that Solomon had only deprived him of the ἀρχή, i.e., of the priest's office, but not of the ἱερωσύνη or priestly dignity, because this was hereditary.
(Note: Τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀφείλατο, ου ̓ τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐγύμνωσεν· τὴν γὰρ τῆς ἱερωσύνης αξίαν οὐκ ἐκ χειροτονίας ἀλλ ̓ ἐκ γονικῆς εἶχον διαδοχῆς. - Theodoret.)
3Kings 4:5
Azariah the son of Nathan was over the נצּבים, i.e., the twelve officers named in vv. 7ff. Zabud the son of Nathan was כּהן (not the son of "Nathan the priest," as Luther and many others render it). כּהן is explained by the epithet appended, המּלך רעה: privy councillor, i.e., confidential adviser of the king. Nathan is not the prophet of that name, as Thenius supposes, but the son of David mentioned in 2Kings 5:14. Azariah and Zabud were therefore nephews of Solomon.
3Kings 4:6
Ahishar was הבּית על, over the palace, i.e., governor of the palace, or minister of the king's household (compare 3Kings 16:9; 4Kings 18:18, and Is 22:15), an office met with for the first time under Solomon. Adoniram, probably the same person as Adoram in 2Kings 20:24, was chief overseer of the tributary service. He was so in the time of David also.
John Gill
So King Solomon was king over all Israel. As David his father was not at first, only over Judah, and as Solomon's successors were not, after the division of the kingdom under his son Rehoboam; though this seems to have a particular respect to what is related in the preceding chapter concerning the wisdom of Solomon, for which he was so famous, that he reigned by the consent of all, and in the hearts of all the people of Israel.
4:24:2: Եւ ա՛յս էին իշխանք նորա։ Ազարիա որդի Սադովկայ՝ քահանայ։
2 ու սրանք էին նրա իշխանները. Սադոկի որդի Ազարիան՝ քահանայ,
2 Ու անոր իշխանները ասոնք էին. Սադովկի որդին Ազարիան քահանայ էր.
Եւ այս էին իշխանք նորա. Ազարիա որդի Սադովկայ` քահանայ:

4:2: Եւ ա՛յս էին իշխանք նորա։ Ազարիա որդի Սադովկայ՝ քահանայ։
2 ու սրանք էին նրա իշխանները. Սադոկի որդի Ազարիան՝ քահանայ,
2 Ու անոր իշխանները ասոնք էին. Սադովկի որդին Ազարիան քահանայ էր.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:24:2 И вот начальники, которые {были} у него: Азария, сын Садока священника;
4:2 καὶ και and; even οὗτοι ουτος this; he οἱ ο the ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler οἳ ος who; what ἦσαν ειμι be αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him Αζαριου αζαριου son Σαδωκ σαδωκ Sadōk; Sathok
4:2 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֥לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these הַ ha הַ the שָּׂרִ֖ים śśārˌîm שַׂר chief אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹ֑ו lˈô לְ to עֲזַרְיָ֥הוּ ʕᵃzaryˌāhû עֲזַרְיָהוּ Azariahu בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son צָדֹ֖וק ṣāḏˌôq צָדֹוק Zadok הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵֽן׃ ס kkōhˈēn . s כֹּהֵן priest
4:2. et hii principes quos habebat Azarias filius Sadoc sacerdosAnd these were the princes which he had: Azarias, the son of Sadoc, the priest:
2. And these were the princes which he had; Azariah the son of Zadok, the priest;
4:2. And these were the leaders that he had: Azariah, the son of Zadok, the priest;
4:2. And these [were] the princes which he had; Azariah the son of Zadok the priest,
And these [were] the princes which he had; Azariah the son of Zadok the priest:

4:2 И вот начальники, которые {были} у него: Азария, сын Садока священника;
4:2
καὶ και and; even
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
οἱ ο the
ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler
οἳ ος who; what
ἦσαν ειμι be
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
Αζαριου αζαριου son
Σαδωκ σαδωκ Sadōk; Sathok
4:2
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֥לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׂרִ֖ים śśārˌîm שַׂר chief
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹ֑ו lˈô לְ to
עֲזַרְיָ֥הוּ ʕᵃzaryˌāhû עֲזַרְיָהוּ Azariahu
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
צָדֹ֖וק ṣāḏˌôq צָדֹוק Zadok
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵֽן׃ ס kkōhˈēn . s כֹּהֵן priest
4:2. et hii principes quos habebat Azarias filius Sadoc sacerdos
And these were the princes which he had: Azarias, the son of Sadoc, the priest:
4:2. And these were the leaders that he had: Azariah, the son of Zadok, the priest;
4:2. And these [were] the princes which he had; Azariah the son of Zadok the priest,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
2: В принятом тексте LXX (Αζαρίας υιός Σαδώκ) нет слова священника 'iereuV, евр. Когенс; членом: гакоген часто обознач. первосвященника (Исх. XXIX:30; Лев. XXI:21: и др.) ; но во многих текстах LXXи (44, У2, 106, 120, 123, 134, 144, 236, 242, 244, 247: у Гольмеса), в Комплют., Альдинск., у Акилы, Симмаха, в Вульг. и слав. -русск. слово это имеется: по евр. т., греч. кодд. и слав. Азария сам был священник (или первосвященник); по Вульг. и русск., - только сын Садока (священника или первосвященника). По 1: Пар. VI:9: (Eвp. V:35), Азария был внуком, а не сыном первосвященника Садока. Возможно, что в ст. 2: данной главы Садок не тождественен с первосвященником этого имени: последнее встречалось нередко (4: Цар. XV:33; Неем. III:4, 29; XIII:13).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:2: These were the princes which he had; Azariah the son of Zadok the priest - These were his great, chief, or principal men. None of them were princes in the common acceptation of the word.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:3
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:2: Azariah, the son of Zadok, the priest - "The priest" here belongs to Azariah, not to Zadok. The term used כהן kô hê n means sometimes a priest, sometimes a civil officer, with perhaps a semi-priestly character. (See Sa2 8:18 note.) In this place it has the definite article prefixed, and can only mean "the high priest." Azariah, called here the "son," but really the "grandson," of Zadok, seems to have succeeded him in the priesthood Ch1 6:10. His position as high priest at the time when this list was made out gives Azariah the foremost place in it.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:2: the princes: That is, great, chief, or principal men; for none of them were princes, in the common acceptation of the word. Exo 18:21; Sa2 8:15-18, Sa2 20:23-26; Co1 12:28
Azariah: Ch1 6:8-10, Ch1 27:17
priest: or, chief officer
Geneva 1599
And these [were] the (a) princes which he had; (b) Azariah the son of Zadok the priest,
(a) That is, his chief officers.
(b) He was the son of Achimais and Zadok's nephew.
John Gill
And these were the princes which he had,.... That were in office about him, in the highest posts of honour and trust:
Azariah the son of Zadok the priest: or rather his grandson, since Ahimaaz was the son of Zadok, and Azariah the son of Ahimaaz, 1Chron 6:8; though another Zadok may be meant, and his son not a priest but a prince, as the word may be rendered, and was Solomon's prime minister of state, and the rather, since he is mentioned first.
John Wesley
Princes - That is, the chief rulers or officers. The son - Or the grand - son. The priest - The second priest, or the priest that attended upon Solomon's person in holy offices and administrations.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
these were the princes--or chief officers, as is evident from two of them marrying Solomon's daughters.
Azariah the son of Zadok the priest--rather, "the prince," as the Hebrew word frequently signifies (Gen 41:45; Ex 2:16; 2Kings 8:18); so that from the precedency given to his person in the list, he seems to have been prime minister, the highest in office next the king.
4:34:3: Էլիարեփ, եւ Աքիա որդիք Սիսայ՝ դպիրք. եւ Յովսափատ՝ որդի Աքիլիդայ ՚ի վերայ յիշատակաց.
3 Սիսայի որդիներ Ելիարեփն ու Աքիան՝ քարտուղարներ, Աքիլիդի որդի Յոսափատը՝ դիւանապետ,
3 Սիսայի* որդիները Ելիքորէփն ու Աքիան ատենադպիրներ էին եւ Աքիղուդի որդին Յովսափատը յիշատակաց դպիր էր։
Եղիարեփ եւ Աքիա որդիք Սիսայ` դպիրք, եւ Յովսափատ որդի Աքիղիդայ` ի վերայ յիշատակաց:

4:3: Էլիարեփ, եւ Աքիա որդիք Սիսայ՝ դպիրք. եւ Յովսափատ՝ որդի Աքիլիդայ ՚ի վերայ յիշատակաց.
3 Սիսայի որդիներ Ելիարեփն ու Աքիան՝ քարտուղարներ, Աքիլիդի որդի Յոսափատը՝ դիւանապետ,
3 Սիսայի* որդիները Ելիքորէփն ու Աքիան ատենադպիրներ էին եւ Աքիղուդի որդին Յովսափատը յիշատակաց դպիր էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:34:3 Елихореф и Ахия, сыновья Сивы, писцы; Иосафат, сын Ахилуда, дееписатель;
4:3 καὶ και and; even Ελιαρεφ ελιαρεφ and; even Αχια αχια son Σαβα σαβα scholar καὶ και and; even Ιωσαφατ ιωσαφατ Iōsaphat; Iosafat υἱὸς υιος son Αχιλιδ αχιλιδ remind
4:3 אֱלִיחֹ֧רֶף ʔᵉlîḥˈōref אֱלִיחֹרֶף Elihoreph וַ wa וְ and אֲחִיָּ֛ה ʔᵃḥiyyˈā אֲחִיָּה Ahijah בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son שִׁישָׁ֖א šîšˌā שִׁישָׁא Shisha סֹפְרִ֑ים sōfᵊrˈîm סֹפֵר scribe יְהֹושָׁפָ֥ט yᵊhôšāfˌāṭ יְהֹושָׁפָט Jehoshaphat בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אֲחִיל֖וּד ʔᵃḥîlˌûḏ אֲחִילוּד Ahilud הַ ha הַ the מַּזְכִּֽיר׃ mmazkˈîr זכר remember
4:3. Helioreph et Ahia filii Sesa scribae Iosaphat filius Ahilud a commentariisElihoreph, and Ahia, the sons of Sisa, scribes: Josaphat, the son of Ahilud, recorder:
3. Elihoreph and Ahijah, the sons of Shisha, scribes; Jehoshaphat the son of Ahilud, the recorder;
4:3. Elihoreph and Ahijah, the sons of Shisha, the scribes; Jehoshaphat, the son of Ahilud, the keeper of records;
4:3. Elihoreph and Ahiah, the sons of Shisha, scribes; Jehoshaphat the son of Ahilud, the recorder.
Elihoreph and Ahiah, the sons of Shisha, scribes; Jehoshaphat the son of Ahilud, the recorder:

4:3 Елихореф и Ахия, сыновья Сивы, писцы; Иосафат, сын Ахилуда, дееписатель;
4:3
καὶ και and; even
Ελιαρεφ ελιαρεφ and; even
Αχια αχια son
Σαβα σαβα scholar
καὶ και and; even
Ιωσαφατ ιωσαφατ Iōsaphat; Iosafat
υἱὸς υιος son
Αχιλιδ αχιλιδ remind
4:3
אֱלִיחֹ֧רֶף ʔᵉlîḥˈōref אֱלִיחֹרֶף Elihoreph
וַ wa וְ and
אֲחִיָּ֛ה ʔᵃḥiyyˈā אֲחִיָּה Ahijah
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
שִׁישָׁ֖א šîšˌā שִׁישָׁא Shisha
סֹפְרִ֑ים sōfᵊrˈîm סֹפֵר scribe
יְהֹושָׁפָ֥ט yᵊhôšāfˌāṭ יְהֹושָׁפָט Jehoshaphat
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אֲחִיל֖וּד ʔᵃḥîlˌûḏ אֲחִילוּד Ahilud
הַ ha הַ the
מַּזְכִּֽיר׃ mmazkˈîr זכר remember
4:3. Helioreph et Ahia filii Sesa scribae Iosaphat filius Ahilud a commentariis
Elihoreph, and Ahia, the sons of Sisa, scribes: Josaphat, the son of Ahilud, recorder:
4:3. Elihoreph and Ahijah, the sons of Shisha, the scribes; Jehoshaphat, the son of Ahilud, the keeper of records;
4:3. Elihoreph and Ahiah, the sons of Shisha, scribes; Jehoshaphat the son of Ahilud, the recorder.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
3: "Писцы", соферим, γραμματει̃ς, scribae, ведали всю письменную часть двора, - письмоводство, корреспонденцию, указы, дипломатическую переписку. "Дееписатель" (гам), мазкир, αναμιμνήσκων, a commentariis, слав. напоминатель, вероятно, докладчик, канцлер. Вместе с "писцами" ведал государственный архив.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:3: Elihoreph and Ahiah - scribes - Secretaries to the king.
Jehoshaphat - recorder - Historiographer to the king, who chronicled the affairs of the kingdom. He was in this office under David see Sa2 20:24.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:5
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:3: Shisha, or Shavsha Ch1 18:16, seems also to have been called Sheva Sa2 20:25, and Seraiah Sa2 8:17.
The "scribes" were probably royal "secretaries" (margin), who drew up the king's edicts, wrote his letters, and perhaps managed his finances Kg1 12:10. They were among his most influential councillors.
By "recorder" or "remembrancer" (margin), we must understand "court annalist" (marginal reference "a").
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:3: Shisha: Sa2 20:25, Sheva, Ch1 18:6, Shavsha
scribes: or, secretaries
recorder: or, remembrancer. Sa2 8:16, Sa2 20:24; Ch1 18:15; Isa 62:6 *marg.
John Gill
Elihoreph and Ahiah, the sons of Shisha, scribes,.... Their father Shisha, the same with Sheva, was scribe only in David's time; and he being dead very probably, both his sons were continued in the office as secretaries of state, Solomon having more business for such an office, see 2Kings 20:25;
Jehoshaphat the son of Ahilud, the recorder; who was in the same office in the times of David, and now held it under Solomon, 2Kings 8:16.
John Wesley
Scribes - That is, secretaries of state. He chose two, whereas David had but one: either, because he observed some inconveniences in trusting all those matters in one hand: or, because he had now much more employment than David had, this being a time of great peace and prosperity, and his empire enlarged.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
scribes--that is, secretaries of state. Under David, there had been only one [2Kings 8:17; 2Kings 20:25]. The employment of three functionaries in this department indicates either improved regulations by the division of labor, or a great increase of business, occasioned by the growing prosperity of the kingdom, or a more extensive correspondence with foreign countries.
recorder--that is, historiographer, or annalist--an office of great importance in Oriental courts, and the duties of which consisted in chronicling the occurrences of every day.
4:44:4: եւ Բանեա որդի Յովիդայեայ ՚ի վերայ զօրաց. եւ Սադովկ՝ եւ Աբիաթար քահանայք.
4 Յովիդայէի որդի Բանեան՝ սպարապետ, Սադոկն ու Աբիաթարը՝ քահանաներ,
4 Յովիադայի որդին Բանիան զօրքերուն վրայ էր եւ Սադովկն ու Աբիաթարը քահանաներ էին։
եւ Բանեա որդի Յովիդայեայ` ի վերայ զօրաց, եւ Սադովկ եւ Աբիաթար` քահանայք:

4:4: եւ Բանեա որդի Յովիդայեայ ՚ի վերայ զօրաց. եւ Սադովկ՝ եւ Աբիաթար քահանայք.
4 Յովիդայէի որդի Բանեան՝ սպարապետ, Սադոկն ու Աբիաթարը՝ քահանաներ,
4 Յովիադայի որդին Բանիան զօրքերուն վրայ էր եւ Սադովկն ու Աբիաթարը քահանաներ էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:44:4 Ванея, сын Иодая, военачальник; Садок и Авиафар~--- священники;
4:4 καὶ και and; even Σαδουχ σαδουχ and; even Αβιαθαρ αβιαθαρ Abiathar; Aviathar ἱερεῖς ιερευς priest
4:4 וּ û וְ and בְנָיָ֥הוּ vᵊnāyˌāhû בְּנָיָהוּ Benaiah בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son יְהֹויָדָ֖ע yᵊhôyāḏˌāʕ יְהֹויָדָע Jehoiada עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the צָּבָ֑א ṣṣāvˈā צָבָא service וְ wᵊ וְ and צָדֹ֥וק ṣāḏˌôq צָדֹוק Zadok וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶבְיָתָ֖ר ʔevyāṯˌār אֶבְיָתָר Abiathar כֹּהֲנִֽים׃ ס kōhᵃnˈîm . s כֹּהֵן priest
4:4. Banaias filius Ioiadae super exercitum Sadoc autem et Abiathar sacerdotesBanaias, the son of Joiada, over the army: and Sadoc, and Abiathar, priests.
4. and Benaiah the son of Jehoiada was over the host; and Zadok and Abiathar were priests;
4:4. Benaiah, the son of Jehoiada, over the army; and Zadok, and Abiathar, priests;
4:4. And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada [was] over the host: and Zadok and Abiathar [were] the priests:
And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada [was] over the host: and Zadok and Abiathar [were] the priests:

4:4 Ванея, сын Иодая, военачальник; Садок и Авиафар~--- священники;
4:4
καὶ και and; even
Σαδουχ σαδουχ and; even
Αβιαθαρ αβιαθαρ Abiathar; Aviathar
ἱερεῖς ιερευς priest
4:4
וּ û וְ and
בְנָיָ֥הוּ vᵊnāyˌāhû בְּנָיָהוּ Benaiah
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
יְהֹויָדָ֖ע yᵊhôyāḏˌāʕ יְהֹויָדָע Jehoiada
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
צָּבָ֑א ṣṣāvˈā צָבָא service
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צָדֹ֥וק ṣāḏˌôq צָדֹוק Zadok
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶבְיָתָ֖ר ʔevyāṯˌār אֶבְיָתָר Abiathar
כֹּהֲנִֽים׃ ס kōhᵃnˈîm . s כֹּהֵן priest
4:4. Banaias filius Ioiadae super exercitum Sadoc autem et Abiathar sacerdotes
Banaias, the son of Joiada, over the army: and Sadoc, and Abiathar, priests.
4:4. Benaiah, the son of Jehoiada, over the army; and Zadok, and Abiathar, priests;
4:4. And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada [was] over the host: and Zadok and Abiathar [were] the priests:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4: Ванея, ср. II:35. - Удаленный Соломоном Авиафар (II:26-27) называется как бы в качестве действительного первосвященника или потому, что в начале царствования Соломона был таким (Philippson), или же потому, что "Соломон отнял у Авиафара начальство (αρχή), но не лишил его священства (ιερωσύνη), потому что сан священства имели тогда не по рукоположению, а по родовому преемству" (блаж. Феодор, вопр. 15); невероятно предположение Клерика и др. о помиловании Авиафара Соломоном.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:4: It is curious to find Abiathar in this list of princes, after what has been said of his disgrace Kg1 2:27, Kg1 2:35. Some have supposed that after a while Solomon pardoned him. Perhaps the true explanation is that the historian here enumerates all those who were accounted "princes" in any part of Solomon's reign.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:4: Benaiah: Kg1 2:35
Zadok: Kg1 2:26, Kg1 2:27, Kg1 2:35
Geneva 1599
And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada [was] over the host: and Zadok and (c) Abiathar [were] the priests:
(c) Not Abiathar whom Solomon had put from his office, (3Kings 2:27) but another of that name.
John Gill
And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada was over the host,.... General of the army in the room of Joab, 3Kings 2:35;
and Zadok and Abiathar were the priests; so they were when Solomon came to the throne; but Abiathar was deposed by him after some time, though he might retain the name afterwards, and be employed, as Ben Gersom thinks, in case of necessity, in the room of Zadok, or, however, be employed as a common priest at Jerusalem, upon a reconciliation with Solomon; though Kimchi thinks another Abiathar is meant, which is not so likely.
John Wesley
Priests - That is, the high - priests, successively, first Abiathar, and then Zadok.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Benaiah . . . was over the host--formerly captain of the guard. He had succeeded Joab as commander of the forces.
Zadok and Abiathar were the priests--Only the first discharged the sacred functions; the latter had been banished to his country seat and retained nothing more than the name of high priest.
4:54:5: եւ Ազարիա որդի Նաթանայ ՚ի վերայ գործավարաց. եւ Զաբութ՝ որդի Նաթանայ քահանայ բարեկա՛մ արքայի[3467]. [3467] Ոմանք. Եւ զԱբիուդ որդի Նաթա՛՛։
5 Նաթանի որդի Ազարիան՝ գործավարների վերակացու, Նաթանի որդի Զաբութը՝ քահանայ եւ արքայի բարեկամ,
5 Նաթանի որդին Ազարիան պաշարներու գործակալներուն վրայ էր ու Նաթանի որդին Զաբիուդը նախարար ու թագաւորին բարեկամն էր։
եւ Ազարիա որդի Նաթանայ` ի վերայ գործավարաց, եւ Զաբութ որդի Նաթանայ` [55]քահանայ բարեկամ արքայի:

4:5: եւ Ազարիա որդի Նաթանայ ՚ի վերայ գործավարաց. եւ Զաբութ՝ որդի Նաթանայ քահանայ բարեկա՛մ արքայի[3467].
[3467] Ոմանք. Եւ զԱբիուդ որդի Նաթա՛՛։
5 Նաթանի որդի Ազարիան՝ գործավարների վերակացու, Նաթանի որդի Զաբութը՝ քահանայ եւ արքայի բարեկամ,
5 Նաթանի որդին Ազարիան պաշարներու գործակալներուն վրայ էր ու Նաթանի որդին Զաբիուդը նախարար ու թագաւորին բարեկամն էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:54:5 Азария, сын Нафана, начальник над приставниками, и Завуф, сын Нафана священника~--- друг царя;
4:5 καὶ και and; even Ορνια ορνια son Ναθαν ναθαν Nathan ἐπὶ επι in; on τῶν ο the καθεσταμένων καθιστημι establish; appoint καὶ και and; even Ζαβουθ ζαβουθ son Ναθαν ναθαν Nathan ἑταῖρος εταιρος partner τοῦ ο the βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
4:5 וַ wa וְ and עֲזַרְיָ֥הוּ ʕᵃzaryˌāhû עֲזַרְיָהוּ Azariahu בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son נָתָ֖ן nāṯˌān נָתָן Nathan עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the נִּצָּבִ֑ים nniṣṣāvˈîm נצב stand וְ wᵊ וְ and זָב֧וּד zāvˈûḏ זָבוּד Zabud בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son נָתָ֛ן nāṯˈān נָתָן Nathan כֹּהֵ֖ן kōhˌēn כֹּהֵן priest רֵעֶ֥ה rēʕˌeh רֵעֶה fellow הַ ha הַ the מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
4:5. Azarias filius Nathan super eos qui adsistebant regi Zabud filius Nathan sacerdos amicus regisAzarias, the son of Nathan, over them that were about the king: Zabud, the son of Nathan, the priest, the king's friend:
5. and Azariah the son of Nathan was over the officers; and Zabud the son of Nathan was priest, the king’s friend;
4:5. Azariah, the son of Nathan, over those who were assisting the king; Zabud, the son of Nathan, the priest, the friend of the king;
4:5. And Azariah the son of Nathan [was] over the officers: and Zabud the son of Nathan [was] principal officer, [and] the king’s friend:
And Azariah the son of Nathan [was] over the officers: and Zabud the son of Nathan [was] principal officer, [and] the king' s friend:

4:5 Азария, сын Нафана, начальник над приставниками, и Завуф, сын Нафана священника~--- друг царя;
4:5
καὶ και and; even
Ορνια ορνια son
Ναθαν ναθαν Nathan
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῶν ο the
καθεσταμένων καθιστημι establish; appoint
καὶ και and; even
Ζαβουθ ζαβουθ son
Ναθαν ναθαν Nathan
ἑταῖρος εταιρος partner
τοῦ ο the
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
4:5
וַ wa וְ and
עֲזַרְיָ֥הוּ ʕᵃzaryˌāhû עֲזַרְיָהוּ Azariahu
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
נָתָ֖ן nāṯˌān נָתָן Nathan
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
נִּצָּבִ֑ים nniṣṣāvˈîm נצב stand
וְ wᵊ וְ and
זָב֧וּד zāvˈûḏ זָבוּד Zabud
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
נָתָ֛ן nāṯˈān נָתָן Nathan
כֹּהֵ֖ן kōhˌēn כֹּהֵן priest
רֵעֶ֥ה rēʕˌeh רֵעֶה fellow
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
4:5. Azarias filius Nathan super eos qui adsistebant regi Zabud filius Nathan sacerdos amicus regis
Azarias, the son of Nathan, over them that were about the king: Zabud, the son of Nathan, the priest, the king's friend:
4:5. Azariah, the son of Nathan, over those who were assisting the king; Zabud, the son of Nathan, the priest, the friend of the king;
4:5. And Azariah the son of Nathan [was] over the officers: and Zabud the son of Nathan [was] principal officer, [and] the king’s friend:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5: Азария и Завуф - сыновья не пророка Нафана, а сына Давидова Нафана (2: Цар. V:14), следовательно, племянники Соломона (Принятый т. LXX: Όρνία, но кодд. XI, 44, 55, 56, 64, 71-74, 106, 119, 121, 121, 134, 144, 158, 245, 246, 247. Compl: Αζαρίας). Первый был начальником провинциальных "приставников" (ниже, ст. 7-19); второй (называемый в евр. т. коген, священником, вероятно, в том широком смысле, в каком употреблялось иногда это название: 2: Цар. VIII:18), носил титул "друг царя", какой при Давиде носил Xусий (2: Цар. XV:37; XVI:11).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:5: Azariah - was over the officers - He had the superintendence of the twelve officers mentioned below; see Kg1 4:7.
Zabud - was principal officer - Perhaps what we call premier, or prime minister.
The king's friend - His chief favourite - his confidant.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:6
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:5: The son of Nathan - It is uncertain whether the Nathan of this verse is the prophet or the son of David Sa2 5:14. While on the one hand the position of "king's friend" is more likely to have been held by a contemporary, which the prophet's son would have been, than by one so much younger as the son of a younger brother; on the other hand the title "cohen" seems to point to a member of the royal family. (See the next note.) Azariah who was "over the officers" was chief, that is, of the "officers" mentioned in Kg1 4:8-19, as appears from the identity of the term here used with the title by which they are designated in Kg1 4:7.
Principal officer - Or, "cohen." The fact that the title כהן kô hê n was borne by sons of David Sa2 8:18, who could not be "priests" in the ordinary sense of the word, seems to identify the Nathan of this verse with David's son Sa2 5:14 rather than with the prophet.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:5: son of Nathan: 1Kings 1:10-53; Sa2 7:2, Sa2 12:1-15, Sa2 12:25
the officers: Kg1 4:7
the principal: Sa2 8:18, Sa2 20:26
the king's: Sa2 15:37, Sa2 16:16, Sa2 19:37, Sa2 19:38; Ch1 27:33; Pro 22:11; Joh 13:23; Joh 15:14, Joh 15:15; Jam 2:23
John Gill
And Azariah the son of Nathan was over the officers,.... The twelve officers who provided food for Solomon's household after mentioned:
and Zabud the son of Nathan; another of the sons of Nathan the prophet: for he being a principal instrument of settling Solomon on the throne, had interest enough to promote his sons to the chief places of honour and trust: and this here
was principal officer, and the king's friend; a chief minister about him, very intimate with him, that kept him company, privately conversed with him, was in his secrets, and admitted to great privacy and nearness to him.
John Wesley
Officers - Over those twelve Officers, named 3Kings 4:7, &c. who were all to give up their accompts to him. Nathan - The prophet, who had been so highly instrumental in Solomon's establishment in the throne. Principal officer - Possibly, president of the king's council. Friend - His confident, with whom he used to communicate his most secret counsels.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
over the officers--that is, the provincial governors enumerated in 3Kings 4:17-19.
principal officer, and the king's friend--perhaps president of the privy council, and Solomon's confidential friend or favorite. This high functionary had probably been reared along with Solomon. That he should heap those honors on the sons of Nathan was most natural, considering the close intimacy of the father with the late king, and the deep obligations under which Solomon personally lay to the prophet.
4:64:6: եւ Աքիսար՝ է՛ր հրամատար. եւ Էլիակո՝ հազարապետ. եւ Էլիափ որդի Սափայ շահապ. եւ Ադոնիրամ որդի Աբդովայ ՚ի վերայ հարկաց[3468]։ [3468] Յօրինակին բառս հրամատար. բաժանմամբ գրի հրամ ատար. չակերտ ՚ի միջի եդեալ, որով թերեւս ակնարկէ գրիչն զվրիպակ գաղափարի իւրոյ ուղղել, յաւելեալ ՚ի միջոցին զվանկս ան, եւ առնել հրամանատար. համաձայն այլոց գրչագրաց մերոց յայսմ վայրի. թէպէտ եւ ՚ի Դան. Զ 2, 4, 6. են եւս ոմանք որ ունին համեմատ մերումս օրինակի՝ հրամատար։
6 Աքիսարը՝ տան վերակացու, Ելիակը՝ հազարապետ, Սափի որդի Ելիափը՝ իշխան, եւ Աբդովի որդի Ադոնիրամը՝ հարկերի վերատեսուչ:
6 Աքիսարը տանը հրամանատարն էր ու Աբդայի որդին Ադոնիրամը հարկերուն վրայ էր։
եւ Աքիսար էր հրամանատար, [56]եւ Եղիակ` հազարապետ, եւ Եղիափ որդի Սափայ` շահապ,`` եւ Ադոնիրամ որդի Աբդովայ` ի վերայ հարկաց:

4:6: եւ Աքիսար՝ է՛ր հրամատար. եւ Էլիակո՝ հազարապետ. եւ Էլիափ որդի Սափայ շահապ. եւ Ադոնիրամ որդի Աբդովայ ՚ի վերայ հարկաց[3468]։
[3468] Յօրինակին բառս հրամատար. բաժանմամբ գրի հրամ ատար. չակերտ ՚ի միջի եդեալ, որով թերեւս ակնարկէ գրիչն զվրիպակ գաղափարի իւրոյ ուղղել, յաւելեալ ՚ի միջոցին զվանկս ան, եւ առնել հրամանատար. համաձայն այլոց գրչագրաց մերոց յայսմ վայրի. թէպէտ եւ ՚ի Դան. Զ 2, 4, 6. են եւս ոմանք որ ունին համեմատ մերումս օրինակի՝ հրամատար։
6 Աքիսարը՝ տան վերակացու, Ելիակը՝ հազարապետ, Սափի որդի Ելիափը՝ իշխան, եւ Աբդովի որդի Ադոնիրամը՝ հարկերի վերատեսուչ:
6 Աքիսարը տանը հրամանատարն էր ու Աբդայի որդին Ադոնիրամը հարկերուն վրայ էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:64:6 Ахисар~--- начальник над домом {царским}, и Адонирам, сын Авды,~--- над податями.
4:6 καὶ και and; even Αχιηλ αχιηλ administrator καὶ και and; even Ελιαβ ελιαβ son Σαφ σαφ in; on τῆς ο the πατριᾶς πατρια lineage; family line καὶ και and; even Αδωνιραμ αδωνιραμ son Εφρα εφρα in; on τῶν ο the φόρων φορος.1 income tax
4:6 וַ wa וְ and אֲחִישָׁ֖ר ʔᵃḥîšˌār אֲחִישָׁר Ahishar עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the בָּ֑יִת bbˈāyiṯ בַּיִת house וַ wa וְ and אֲדֹנִירָ֥ם ʔᵃḏōnîrˌām אֲדֹנִירָם Adoniram בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son עַבְדָּ֖א ʕavdˌā עַבְדָּא Abda עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the מַּֽס׃ ס mmˈas . s מַס forced labour
4:6. et Ahisar praepositus domus et Adoniram filius Abda super tributaAnd Ahisar, governor of the house: and Adoniram, the son of Abda, over the tribute.
6. and Ahishar was over the household; and Adoniram the son of Abda was over the levy.
4:6. and Ahishar, first ruler of the house; and Adoniram, the son of Abda, over the tribute.
4:6. And Ahishar [was] over the household: and Adoniram the son of Abda [was] over the tribute.
And Ahishar [was] over the household: and Adoniram the son of Abda [was] over the tribute:

4:6 Ахисар~--- начальник над домом {царским}, и Адонирам, сын Авды,~--- над податями.
4:6
καὶ και and; even
Αχιηλ αχιηλ administrator
καὶ και and; even
Ελιαβ ελιαβ son
Σαφ σαφ in; on
τῆς ο the
πατριᾶς πατρια lineage; family line
καὶ και and; even
Αδωνιραμ αδωνιραμ son
Εφρα εφρα in; on
τῶν ο the
φόρων φορος.1 income tax
4:6
וַ wa וְ and
אֲחִישָׁ֖ר ʔᵃḥîšˌār אֲחִישָׁר Ahishar
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
בָּ֑יִת bbˈāyiṯ בַּיִת house
וַ wa וְ and
אֲדֹנִירָ֥ם ʔᵃḏōnîrˌām אֲדֹנִירָם Adoniram
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
עַבְדָּ֖א ʕavdˌā עַבְדָּא Abda
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
מַּֽס׃ ס mmˈas . s מַס forced labour
4:6. et Ahisar praepositus domus et Adoniram filius Abda super tributa
And Ahisar, governor of the house: and Adoniram, the son of Abda, over the tribute.
4:6. and Ahishar, first ruler of the house; and Adoniram, the son of Abda, over the tribute.
4:6. And Ahishar [was] over the household: and Adoniram the son of Abda [was] over the tribute.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6: "Ахисар - начальник над домом (царским)": должности этого, так сказать, министра двора, не было при Давиде (ср. 2: Цар. VIII:16-18; XX:23-26); усложнившееся домоправление Соломона и последующих царей (ср. XVIII:3; 4: Цар. XVIII:18; Исх. XXII:28) вызвало учреждение этой должности. Далее у LXX и слав. есть прибавка против т. евр.: Ελιάβ υιος Σαφ(ατ) επί τη̃ς πατρίας, слав. Елиав, сын Сафатов над отечеством, может быть, отряд телохранителей. Надсмотрщик за податями и общественными работами упоминается и ранее - при Давиде (2: Цар. XX:24), и позже - при Ровоаме (3: Цар. XII:18: Адорам, как и в 2: Цар.; сн. 2: Пар. X:16: Гадорам); неизвестно, одно ли лицо разумеется во всех трех случаях.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:6: Ahishar was over the household - The king's chamberlain.
Adoniram - was over the tribute - What we call chancellor of the exchequer. He received and brought into the treasury all the proceeds of taxes and tributes. He was in this office under David; see Sa2 20:24.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:7
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:6: Over the household - Comptroller of the household, like the "Steward" of the Persian court. On the importance of this office, see Kg2 18:18, and compare Isa 22:15-25.
The tribute - The marginal reading, "levy," is preferable. The reference is to the forced laborers whom Solomon employed in his great works (marginal reference).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:6: Adoniram: Kg1 12:18; Sa2 20:24, Adoram
tribute: or, levy, Kg1 5:13, Kg1 5:14, Kg1 9:15
John Gill
And Abiathar was over the household,.... Steward of the household:
and Adoniram the son of Abda was over the tribute, over those that collected the tribute, as the Targum, whether from the people of Israel or other nations, or both; this man was in the same post in David's time, 2Kings 20:24.
John Wesley
Abiathar was - Steward of the king's household. Tribute - The personal tribute, or the levy of men, as appears by comparing this with 3Kings 5:13-14, it being very fit that there should be some one person to whom the chief conduct of that great business was committed.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Ahishar was over the household--steward or chamberlain of the palace.
Adoniram--or Adoram (2Kings 20:24; 3Kings 12:18), or Hadoram (2Chron 10:18),
was over the tribute--not the collection of money or goods, but the levy of compulsory laborers (compare 3Kings 5:13-14).
4:74:7: Եւ էին Սողոմոնի երկոտասան գործակալք ՚ի վերայ ամենայն Իսրայէլի, տա՛լ ռոճիկ արքայի եւ տան նորա մէ՛ն մի ամիս ՚ի տարւոջ։
7 Սողոմոնն ամբողջ Իսրայէլում ունէր տասներկու գործակալներ, որոնցից ամէն մէկը տարուայ մէջ մէկ ամիս ուտեստեղէն էր մատակարարում արքային ու նրա ընտանիքին:
7 Սողոմոն բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ տասներկու գործակալներ ունէր, որոնք թագաւորն ու անոր տունը կը կերակրէին։ Կերակրելը ամէն մէկուն տարին մէկ ամիս կ’իյնար։
Եւ էին Սողոմոնի երկոտասան գործակալք ի վերայ ամենայն Իսրայելի, տալ ռոճիկ արքայի եւ տան նորա մէն մի ամիս ի տարւոջ:

4:7: Եւ էին Սողոմոնի երկոտասան գործակալք ՚ի վերայ ամենայն Իսրայէլի, տա՛լ ռոճիկ արքայի եւ տան նորա մէ՛ն մի ամիս ՚ի տարւոջ։
7 Սողոմոնն ամբողջ Իսրայէլում ունէր տասներկու գործակալներ, որոնցից ամէն մէկը տարուայ մէջ մէկ ամիս ուտեստեղէն էր մատակարարում արքային ու նրա ընտանիքին:
7 Սողոմոն բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ տասներկու գործակալներ ունէր, որոնք թագաւորն ու անոր տունը կը կերակրէին։ Կերակրելը ամէն մէկուն տարին մէկ ամիս կ’իյնար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:74:7 И было у Соломона двенадцать приставников над всем Израилем, и они доставляли продовольствие царю и дому его; каждый должен был доставлять продовольствие на один месяц в году.
4:7 καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Σαλωμων σαλωμων twelve καθεσταμένοι καθιστημι establish; appoint ἐπὶ επι in; on πάντα πας all; every Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel χορηγεῖν χορηγεω contribute τῷ ο the βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the οἴκῳ οικος home; household αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him μῆνα μην.1 month ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἐνιαυτῷ ενιαυτος cycle; period ἐγίνετο γινομαι happen; become ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the ἕνα εις.1 one; unit χορηγεῖν χορηγεω contribute
4:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to שְׁלֹמֹ֞ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon שְׁנֵים־ šᵊnêm- שְׁנַיִם two עָשָׂ֤ר ʕāśˈār עָשָׂר -teen נִצָּבִים֙ niṣṣāvîm נצב stand עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and כִלְכְּל֥וּ ḵilkᵊlˌû כול comprehend אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֖לֶךְ mmˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בֵּיתֹ֑ו bêṯˈô בַּיִת house חֹ֧דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁנָ֛ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ† *hā הַ the אֶחָ֖דאחד *ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one לְ lᵊ לְ to כַלְכֵּֽל׃ ס ḵalkˈēl . s כול comprehend
4:7. habebat autem Salomon duodecim praefectos super omnem Israhel qui praebebant annonam regi et domui eius per singulos enim menses in anno singuli necessaria ministrabantAnd Solomon had twelve governors over all Israel, who provided victuals for the king and for his house hold: for every one provided necessaries, each man his month in the year.
7. And Solomon had twelve officers over all Israel, which provided victuals for the king and his household: each man had to make provision for a month in the year:
4:7. And Solomon had twelve commanders over all of Israel, who offered yearly provisions for the king and his house. For each was ministering the necessities, by each month of the year.
4:7. And Solomon had twelve officers over all Israel, which provided victuals for the king and his household: each man his month in a year made provision.
And Solomon had twelve officers over all Israel, which provided victuals for the king and his household: each man his month in a year made provision:

4:7 И было у Соломона двенадцать приставников над всем Израилем, и они доставляли продовольствие царю и дому его; каждый должен был доставлять продовольствие на один месяц в году.
4:7
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Σαλωμων σαλωμων twelve
καθεσταμένοι καθιστημι establish; appoint
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πάντα πας all; every
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
χορηγεῖν χορηγεω contribute
τῷ ο the
βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
οἴκῳ οικος home; household
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
μῆνα μην.1 month
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἐνιαυτῷ ενιαυτος cycle; period
ἐγίνετο γινομαι happen; become
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
ἕνα εις.1 one; unit
χορηγεῖν χορηγεω contribute
4:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
שְׁלֹמֹ֞ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
שְׁנֵים־ šᵊnêm- שְׁנַיִם two
עָשָׂ֤ר ʕāśˈār עָשָׂר -teen
נִצָּבִים֙ niṣṣāvîm נצב stand
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִלְכְּל֥וּ ḵilkᵊlˌû כול comprehend
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֖לֶךְ mmˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בֵּיתֹ֑ו bêṯˈô בַּיִת house
חֹ֧דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁנָ֛ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ
*hā הַ the
אֶחָ֖דאחד
*ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כַלְכֵּֽל׃ ס ḵalkˈēl . s כול comprehend
4:7. habebat autem Salomon duodecim praefectos super omnem Israhel qui praebebant annonam regi et domui eius per singulos enim menses in anno singuli necessaria ministrabant
And Solomon had twelve governors over all Israel, who provided victuals for the king and for his house hold: for every one provided necessaries, each man his month in the year.
4:7. And Solomon had twelve commanders over all of Israel, who offered yearly provisions for the king and his house. For each was ministering the necessities, by each month of the year.
4:7. And Solomon had twelve officers over all Israel, which provided victuals for the king and his household: each man his month in a year made provision.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7: Для содержания царя и многочисленного придворного штата его требовалось обложить население страны натуральной податью, самой обычной на Востоке (напр., в Персии). Этой податью заведовали особые "приставники", ниццавим, καθεστάμενοι, praefecti (у И. Флав. ηγεμόνες καί στατηγοί). Не ясно, были ли они собственно областеначальниками, так что снабжение царя и двора его продовольствием было лишь одной из функций их деятельности, или последняя имела более узкий круг. Бесспорно лишь то, что деление страны на округа, во главе которых стояли они, не совпадало с коленным делением, а было чисто административными делением, обусловливавшимся степенью плодородия известных местностей. Округа и их начальники перечисляются (8-19), вероятно, в порядке времени доставления ими провианта ко двору, а не в географическом порядке местностей. Всех приставников, как и округов, было 12: - по числу месяцев года: каждый отправлял службу в указанный ему месяц. Из приставников пять названы не по именам, а по отчествам: последний обычай, распространенный у арабов, не чужд был и евреям ("сын Иессея" - Давид - 1: Цар. XX:27, 30; XXII:7, 9; "сын Тимеев" - Вартимей - Мк. X:46). Вульг. и русский перев, оставляют без перевода евр. бен, греко-слав. υιός, сын. Из того, что двое из приставников - Бен-Авинадав (ст. 11) и Ахимаас (ст. 15) были зятьями Соломона - женаты на его дочерях, заключают, что перечень их относится к середине царствования Соломона.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:7: Twelve officers - The business of these twelve officers was to provide daily, each for a month, those provisions which were consumed in the king's household; see Kg1 4:22, Kg1 4:23. And the task for such a daily provision was not an easy one.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:13
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:7: The requirement of a portion of their produce from subjects, in addition to money payments, is a common practice of Oriental monarchs. It obtained in ancient, and it still obtains in modern, Persia.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:7: officers: These are doubtless to be considered as general receivers; for, as Sir John Chardin observes, "the Rev_enues of the princes of the East are paid in the fruits and productions of the earth. there are no other taxes on the peasants."
each man: Ch1 27:1-15
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Solomon's Official Persons and Their Districts. - 3Kings 4:7. Solomon had (appointed) twelve נצּבים over all Israel, who provided (כּלכּלוּ) for the king and his house, i.e., supplied provisions for the necessities of the court. These prefects are not to be regarded as "chamberlains," or administrators of the royal domains (Michaelis and Ewald), for these are mentioned in 1Chron 27:25. under a different title. They are "general receivers of taxes," or "chief tax-collectors," as Rosenmller expresses it, who levied the king's duties or taxes, which consisted in the East, as they still do to the present time, for the most part of natural productions, or the produce of the land, and not of money payments as in the West, and delivered them at the royal kitchen (Rosenmller, A. und N. Morgenland, iii. p. 166). It cannot be inferred from the explanation given by Josephus, ἡγεμόνες καὶ στρατηγοί, that they exercised a kind of government, as Thenius supposes, since this explanation is nothing but a subjective conjecture. "One month in the year was it every one's duty (אחד על יהיה) to provide." The districts assigned to the twelve prefects coincide only partially with the territories of the tribes, because the land was probably divided among them according to its greater or smaller productiveness. Moreover, the order in which the districts are enumerated is not a geographical one, but probably follows the order in which the different prefects had to send the natural productions month by month for the maintenance of the king's court. The description begins with Ephraim in 1Chron 27:8, then passes over in 1Chron 27:9 to the territory of Dan to the west of it, in 1Chron 27:10 to the territory of Judah and Simeon on the south, in 1Chron 27:11 and 1Chron 27:12 to the territory of Manasseh on this side from the Mediterranean to the Jordan, then in vv. 13 and 14 to the territory of Manasseh on the other side of the Jordan, thence back again in vv. 15 and 16 to the northern parts of the land on this side, viz., the territories of Naphtali and Asher, and thence farther south to Issachar in v. 17, and Benjamin in v. 18, closing at last in v. 19 with Gilead.
3Kings 4:8
In the names of the prefects we are struck with the fact, that in the case of five of them the names given are not their own but their fathers' names. It is very improbable that the proper names should have dropped out five times (as Clericus, Michaelis, and others suppose); and consequently there is simply the assumption left, that the persons in question bore their fathers' names with Ben prefixed as their own proper names: Benhur, Bendeker, etc., after the analogy of Benchanan in 1Chron 4:20 and others, although such a proper name as Ben-Abinadab (1Chron 4:11) appears very strange. Benhur was stationed on the mountains of Ephraim. These mountains, here only the mountainous district of the tribe of Ephraim, were among the most fruitful portions of Palestine (see at Josh 17:14-15).
3Kings 4:9
Bendeker was in Makaz, a city only mentioned here, the situation of which is unknown, but which is at any rate to be sought for in the tribe of Dan, to which the other cities of this district belong. Shaalbim has probably been preserved in the present Selbit, to the north-west of Ylo (see at Josh 19:42). Bethshemesh, the present Ain-Shems (see at Josh 15:10). Elon (אילון), which is distinguished from Ajalon (Josh 19:42 and Josh 19:43) by the epithet Bethchanan, and belonged to the tribe of Dan, has not yet been discovered (see at Josh 19:43). The lxx have arbitrarily interpolated ἕως before Bethchanan, and Thenius naturally takes this under his protection, and consequently traces Bethchanan in the village of Beit Hunn (Rob. Pal. ii. p. 371), but without considering that ἕως yields no reasonable sense unless preceded by מן, ἐκ (from; cf. 3Kings 4:12).
3Kings 4:10
Benhesed was in Arubboth, which does not occur again, so that its situation, even if it should be identical with Arab in Josh 15:52, as Bttcher conjectures, can only be approximatively inferred from the localities which follow. To him (לו), i.e., to his district, belonged Sochoh and all the land of Hepher. From Sochoh we may see that Benhesed's district was in the tribe of Judah. Of the two Sochohs in Judah, that still exist under the name of Shuweikeh, it is impossible to determine with certainty which is intended here, whether the one upon the mountains (Josh 15:48) or the one in the plain (Josh 15:35). The fact that it is associated with the land of Hepher rather favours the latter. The land of Hepher, which must not be confounded with the city of Gath-hepher in the tribe of Zebulun (Josh 19:13; 4Kings 14:25), but was the territory of one of the Canaanitish kings who were defeated by Joshua, was probably situated in the plain (see at Josh 12:17).
3Kings 4:11
Ben-Abinadab had the whole of the high range of Dor (דּאר נפת, Josh 12:23), i.e., the strip of coast on the Mediterranean Sea below the promontory of Carmel, where the city of Dor, which has been preserved in the village of Tantura or Tortura, nine miles to the north of Caesarea, was situated (see at Josh 11:2). Whether this district embraced the fruitful plain of Sharon is not so clearly made out as Thenius supposes. בּן־אבינדב stands at the head absolutely, without any grammatical connection with כּל־נפת: "Abinadab: the whole of the high range of Dor," etc. The person named was probably a son of David's eldest brother but one (1Kings 16:8; 1Kings 17:13), and therefore Solomon's cousin; and he had married Solomon's daughter.
3Kings 4:12
Baana the son of Ahilud was most likely a brother of Jehoshaphat the chancellor (3Kings 4:3). This district embraced the cities on the southern edge of the plain of Jezreel, and extended to the Jordan. Taanach and Megiddo, which have been preserved in the villages of Taanuk and Lejun, were situated on the south-western border of this plain, and belonged to the Manassites (see at Josh 12:21; Josh 17:11). "And all Bethshean," in other words, the whole of the district of Bethshean, i.e., Beisan, at the eastern end of the valley of Jezreel, where it opens into the Jordan valley (Rob. Pal. ii. p. 740ff.), "which (district was situated) by the side of Zarthan below Jezreel, from (the town of) Bethshean (see at Josh 17:11) to Abel-Mecholah, on the other side of Jokmeam." Zarthan, also called Zereda (compare 3Kings 7:46 with 2Chron 4:17), has probably been preserved, so far as the name is concerned, in Kurn Sartabeh, in the neighbourhood of which the old city probably stood, about five miles to the south of Beisan, at a point where the Jordan valley contracts (see at Josh 3:16). The expression "below Jezreel" refers to "all Bethshean," and may be explained from the elevated situation of Jezreel, the present Zern (see at Josh 19:18). According to Rob. iii. p. 163, this is "comparatively high, and commands a wide and noble view, extending down the broad low valley on the east of Beisan and to the mountains of Ajlun beyond the Jordan." The following words, "from Bethshean to Abel-Mecholah," give a more precise definition of the boundary. The lxx have erroneously inserted καὶ before מבּית־שׁאן, and Thenius and Bttcher defend it on the strength of their erroneous interpretations of the preceding statements. Abel-Mecholah was in the Jordan valley, according to the Onomast., ten Roman miles to the south of Beisan (see at Judg 7:22). The last clause is not quite intelligible to us, as the situation of the Levitical city Jokmeam (1Chron 6:53, or Kibzaim, a different place from the Jokneam on Carmel, Josh 12:22; Josh 21:34) has not yet been discovered (see at Josh 21:22). According to this, Baanah's district in the Jordan valley did not extend so far as Kurn Sartabeh, but simply to the neighbourhood of Zarthan, and embraced the whole of the tribe-territory of Manasseh on this side of the Jordan.
3Kings 4:13
Bengeber was in Ramoth of Gilead in the tribe of Gad (Josh 20:8), probably on the site of the modern Szalt (see at Deut 4:43). "To him belonged the Havvoth Jair (Jair's-lives) in Gilead, to him the region of Argob in Bashan, sixty great cities with walls and brazen bolts." If we look at this passage alone, the region of Argob in Bashan appears to be distinct from the Havvoth Jair in Gilead. But if we compare it with Num 32:40-41; Deut 3:4-5, and Deut 3:13, Deut 3:14, and Josh 13:30, it is evident from these passages that the Jair's-lives are identical with the sixty large and fortified cities of the region of Argob. For, according to Deut 3:4, these sixty fortified cities, with high walls, gates, and bars, were all fortified cities of the kingdom of Og of Bashan, which the Israelites conquered under Moses, and to which, according to Num 32:41, Jair the Manassite, who had conquered them, gave the name of Havvoth Jair. Hence it is stated in Josh 13:30, that the sixty Jair-towns were situated in Bashan. Consequently the אר חבל לו in our verse is to be taken as a more precise definition of וגו יאיר חוּת לו, or a clearer description of the district superintended by Bengeber, so that Gilead is used, as is frequently the case, in the broader sense of Peraea. Compare with this the Commentary on Deut 3:4, Deut 3:13, Deut 3:14, where the names ארגּב and חוּת are explained, and the imaginary discrepancy between the sixty Jair's-towns in the passages cited, and the twenty-three and thirty cities of Jair in 1Chron 2:22 and Judg 10:4, is discussed and solved. And when Thenius objects to this explanation on the ground that the villages of Jair cannot be identical with the sixty fortified cities, because villages of nomads and strongly fortified cities could not be one and the same, this objection falls to the ground with the untenable interpretation of חוּת as applying to nomad villages.
3Kings 4:14
Ahinadab the son of Iddo received as his district Mahanaim, a fortified and probably also a very important city to the north of the Jabbok, on the border of the tribe of Gad, which may perhaps have been preserved in the ruin of Mahneh (see at Josh 13:26 and Gen 32:3). מחנימה, to Mahanaim (cf. Ewald, 216, a., note), with ה local, probably referring to the fact that Ahinadab was sent away to Mahanaim.
3Kings 4:15
Ahimaaz, possibly Zadok's son (2Kings 15:27; 2Kings 17:17.), in Naphtali. This does not denote generally "the most northern portion of the land, say from the northern end of the lake of Gennesaret into Coele-Syria," as Thenius supposes; for the tribe-territory of Asher, which had a prefect of its own, was not situated to the south-west of Naphtali, but ran along the west of Naphtali to the northern boundary of Canaan (see at Josh 19:24-31). He also (like Ben-Abinadab, 3Kings 4:11) had a daughter of Solomon, Basmath, as his wife.
3Kings 4:16
Baanah the son of Hushai, probably the faithful friend and wise counsellor of David (2Kings 15:32., 3Kings 17:5.), was in Asher and בּעלות, a name quite unknown. If בּ forms part of the word (Baaloth, according to the lxx, Vulg., Syr., and Arab.), we must take it as a district, since the preposition בּ would necessarily have been repeated if a district (Asher) had been connected with a town (Baaloth). In any case, it is not the city of Baaloth in the Negeb of Judah (Josh 15:24) that is intended.
3Kings 4:17
Jehoshaphat the son of Paruach, in Issachar; i.e., over the whole of the territory of that tribe in the plain of Jezreel, with the exception of the cities of Taanach, Megiddo, and Bethshean, which were in the southern portion of it, and were allotted to the Manassites, and, according to 3Kings 4:12, were put under the care of Baanah; and not merely in the northern part of Issachar, "with the exception of the plain of Jezreel," as Thenius erroneously maintains. Zebulun may possibly have also formed part of his district, if not entirely, yet in its southern portion, provided that the northern portion was assigned to Ahimaaz in Naphtali, since Zebulun had no prefect of its own.
3Kings 4:18
Shimei the son of Elah, possibly the one mentioned in 3Kings 1:8, in Benjamin.
3Kings 4:19
Geber the son of Uri, in the land of Gilead, i.e., as the apposition "the land of Sihon ... and of Og..." clearly shows, the whole of the Israelitish land on the east of the Jordan, as in Deut 34:1; Judg 20:1, etc., with the simple exception of the districts placed under Bengeber and Ahinadab (3Kings 4:13 and 3Kings 4:14). אחד נציב, "one president was it who (was) in the land (of Gilead)." נציב cannot signify a military post or a garrison here, as in 1Kings 10:5; 1Kings 13:3, etc., but is equivalent to נצּב, the president (3Kings 4:7). The meaning is, that notwithstanding the great extent of this district, it had only one prefect.
John Gill
And Solomon had twelve officers over all Israel,.... Not with respect to the twelve tribes of Israel, for it does not appear that they had each of them a tribe under them, but some particular places in a tribe; but with respect to the twelve months of the year, in which each took his turn:
which provided victuals for the king and his household: each man his month in a year made provision; furnished food of all sorts out of the country in which they presided for the space of one month in a year; by which means there was always a plenty of provisions at court for the king's family, and for all strangers that came and went, and no one part of the land was burdened or drained, nor the price of provisions raised; these seem to be the twelve "phylarchi", or governors of tribes, Eupolemus (r), an Heathen writer, speaks of, before whom, and the high priest, David delivered the kingdom to Solomon; though in that he was mistaken, that they were in being then, since these were officers of Solomon's creating.
(r) Apud Euseb. Praepar. Evangel. l. 9. c. 30.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
HIS TWELVE OFFICERS. (3Kings 4:7-21)
Solomon had twelve officers over all Israel--The royal revenues were raised according to the ancient, and still, in many parts, existing usage of the East, not in money payments, but in the produce of the soil. There would be always a considerable difficulty in the collection and transmission of these tithes (1Kings 8:15). Therefore, to facilitate the work, Solomon appointed twelve officers, who had each the charge of a tribe or particular district of country, from which, in monthly rotation, the supplies for the maintenance of the king's household were drawn, having first been deposited in "the store cities" which were erected for their reception (3Kings 9:19; 2Chron 8:4, 2Chron 8:6).
4:84:8: Եւ ա՛յս են անուանք նոցա. Բէին որդի Ովրայ՝ ՚ի լերինն Եփրեմի։
8 Ահա նրանց անունները. Օրի որդի Բէինը՝ Եփրեմի լերան վրայ,
8 Անոնց անունները ասոնք են՝ Եփրեմի լերան մէջ՝ Բենովրը*,
Եւ այս են անուանք նոցա. [57]Բէին որդի Ովրայ`` ի լերինն Եփրեմի:

4:8: Եւ ա՛յս են անուանք նոցա. Բէին որդի Ովրայ՝ ՚ի լերինն Եփրեմի։
8 Ահա նրանց անունները. Օրի որդի Բէինը՝ Եփրեմի լերան վրայ,
8 Անոնց անունները ասոնք են՝ Եփրեմի լերան մէջ՝ Բենովրը*,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:84:8 Вот имена их: Бен-Хур~--- на горе Ефремовой;
4:8 καὶ και and; even ταῦτα ουτος this; he τὰ ο the ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable αὐτῶν αυτος he; him Βενωρ βενωρ in ὄρει ορος mountain; mount Εφραιμ εφραιμ Ephraim; Efrem εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:8 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֣לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these שְׁמֹותָ֔ם šᵊmôṯˈām שֵׁם name בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son ח֖וּר ḥˌûr חוּר Hur בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ ס ʔefrˈāyim . s אֶפְרַיִם Ephraim
4:8. et haec nomina eorum Benhur in monte EphraimAnd these are their names: Benhur, in mount Ephraim.
8. And these are their names: Ben-hur, in the hill country of Ephraim:
4:8. And these are their names: Benhur, on mount Ephraim;
4:8. And these [are] their names: The son of Hur, in mount Ephraim:
And these [are] their names: The son of Hur, in mount Ephraim:

4:8 Вот имена их: Бен-Хур~--- на горе Ефремовой;
4:8
καὶ και and; even
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
τὰ ο the
ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
Βενωρ βενωρ in
ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
Εφραιμ εφραιμ Ephraim; Efrem
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:8
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֣לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
שְׁמֹותָ֔ם šᵊmôṯˈām שֵׁם name
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
ח֖וּר ḥˌûr חוּר Hur
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ ס ʔefrˈāyim . s אֶפְרַיִם Ephraim
4:8. et haec nomina eorum Benhur in monte Ephraim
And these are their names: Benhur, in mount Ephraim.
4:8. And these are their names: Benhur, on mount Ephraim;
4:8. And these [are] their names: The son of Hur, in mount Ephraim:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8: "Гора Ефремова" (Нав. XVII:15; XIX:50; Суд. VII:24; XIX:16) - одна из плодороднейших местностей западной Палестины, лежавшая почти посередине ее (Иер. L:19). В переводе LXXи и в славянском тексте в конце стиха имеют прибавку ει̃ς, един.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:8: In this arrangement of the territory into twelve portions, the divisions of the tribes seem to have been adopted as far as could be managed without unfairness. The prefecture of Ben-Hur corresponded nearly to the territory of Ephraim; that of Ben-Dekar to Dan; that of Ben-Hesed to Judah; those of Ben-Abinadab and Baana to Cis-Jordanic Manasseh; that of Ben-Geber to Manasseh beyond Jordan; of Abinadab to Gad; of Ahimaaz to Naphtali; of Baanah to Asher; of Jehoshaphat to Issachar; of Shimei to Benjamin; and of Geber to Reuben. The order in which the prefectures are mentioned is clearly not the geographical. Perhaps it is the order in which they had to supply the king's table.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:8: The son of Hur: or, Ben-hur, Jdg 17:1, Jdg 19:1
John Gill
And these are their names,.... Or rather the names of their fathers; for of many of them not their own names but their fathers' names are given, as being well known:
the son of Hur, in Mount Ephraim; a fruitful country in the tribe of Ephraim, from whence this officer was to furnish the king with provisions for one month in the year.
John Wesley
The son, &c. - This and others of them are denominated from their fathers, because they were known and famous in their generation.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
The son of Hur--or, as the Margin has it, Benhur, Bendekar. In the rural parts of Syria, and among the Arabs, it is still common to designate persons not by their own names, but as the sons of their fathers.
4:94:9: Մի՝ որդի Դակարայ ՚ի Մաքմաս, եւ ՚ի Սալաբիմ, եւ ՚ի Բեթսամիւս, եւ յԱյիլոմ մինչեւ ցԲեթանան։
9 Դակարի մի որդին՝ Մաքմասում, Սալաբիմում, Բեթսամիւսում ու Այիլոմում մինչեւ Բեթանան,
9 Մաքասի, Սաղաբինի, Բեթսամիւսի ու Ելօն–Բեթանանի մէջ՝ Բենդակարը*,
[58]մի որդի Դակարայ` ի Մաքմաս եւ ի Սաղաբիմ եւ ի Բեթսամիւս եւ յԱյիղոմ մինչեւ ցԲեթանան:

4:9: Մի՝ որդի Դակարայ ՚ի Մաքմաս, եւ ՚ի Սալաբիմ, եւ ՚ի Բեթսամիւս, եւ յԱյիլոմ մինչեւ ցԲեթանան։
9 Դակարի մի որդին՝ Մաքմասում, Սալաբիմում, Բեթսամիւսում ու Այիլոմում մինչեւ Բեթանան,
9 Մաքասի, Սաղաբինի, Բեթսամիւսի ու Ելօն–Բեթանանի մէջ՝ Բենդակարը*,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:94:9 Бен-Декер~--- в Макаце и в Шаалбиме, в Вефсамисе и в Елоне и в Беф-Ханане;
4:9 υἱὸς υιος son Ρηχαβ ρηχαβ in Μαχεμας μαχεμας and; even Βηθαλαμιν βηθαλαμιν and; even Βαιθσαμυς βαιθσαμυς and; even Αιλων αιλων till; until Βαιθαναν βαιθαναν one; unit
4:9 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son דֶּ֛קֶר dˈeqer דֶּקֶר Deker בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מָקַ֥ץ māqˌaṣ מָקַץ Makaz וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in שַֽׁעַלְבִ֖ים šˈaʕalᵊvˌîm שַׁעַלְבִים Shaalbim וּ û וְ and בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ vˈêṯ šˈāmeš בֵּית שֶׁמֶשׁ Beth Shemesh וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵילֹ֖ון ʔêlˌôn אֵילֹון Elon בֵּ֥ית חָנָֽן׃ ס bˌêṯ ḥānˈān . s בֵּית חָנָן Bethhanan
4:9. Bendecar in Macces et in Salebbim et in Bethsemes et Helon BethananBendecar, in Macces, and in Salebim, and in Bethsames, and in Elon, and in Bethanan.
9. Ben-deker, in Makaz, and in Shaalbim, and Beth-shemesh, and Elon-beth-hanan:
4:9. Bendeker, in Makaz, and in Shaalbim, and in Beth-shemesh, and in Elon, and in Beth-hanan;
4:9. The son of Dekar, in Makaz, and in Shaalbim, and Bethshemesh, and Elonbethhanan:
The son of Dekar, in Makaz, and in Shaalbim, and Beth- shemesh, and Elon- beth- hanan:

4:9 Бен-Декер~--- в Макаце и в Шаалбиме, в Вефсамисе и в Елоне и в Беф-Ханане;
4:9
υἱὸς υιος son
Ρηχαβ ρηχαβ in
Μαχεμας μαχεμας and; even
Βηθαλαμιν βηθαλαμιν and; even
Βαιθσαμυς βαιθσαμυς and; even
Αιλων αιλων till; until
Βαιθαναν βαιθαναν one; unit
4:9
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
דֶּ֛קֶר dˈeqer דֶּקֶר Deker
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מָקַ֥ץ māqˌaṣ מָקַץ Makaz
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
שַֽׁעַלְבִ֖ים šˈaʕalᵊvˌîm שַׁעַלְבִים Shaalbim
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ vˈêṯ šˈāmeš בֵּית שֶׁמֶשׁ Beth Shemesh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵילֹ֖ון ʔêlˌôn אֵילֹון Elon
בֵּ֥ית חָנָֽן׃ ס bˌêṯ ḥānˈān . s בֵּית חָנָן Bethhanan
4:9. Bendecar in Macces et in Salebbim et in Bethsemes et Helon Bethanan
Bendecar, in Macces, and in Salebim, and in Bethsames, and in Elon, and in Bethanan.
4:9. Bendeker, in Makaz, and in Shaalbim, and in Beth-shemesh, and in Elon, and in Beth-hanan;
4:9. The son of Dekar, in Makaz, and in Shaalbim, and Bethshemesh, and Elonbethhanan:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9: Шаалбим и др., упомянутые здесь местности, лежали в колене Дановом (Нав. XIX:42-43; XXI:16. См. Onomastic. 663). Вефсамис - левитский город в Иудином колене (Нав. XV:10), близ филистимской границы (1: Цар. VI:9: сл.) , теперь Ain-Sems.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:9: For some of the names, see Jos 19:41-43.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:9: The son of Dekar: or, Ben-dekar
Shaalbim: Jos 19:42, Shaalabbin
Bethshemesh: Sa1 6:12, Sa1 6:20
John Gill
The son of Dekar in Makaz,.... A place in the tribe of Dan, on the borders of it:
and in Shaalbim, and Bethshemesh, and Elonbethhanan; all in the same tribe, see Josh 19:41.
4:104:10: Որդի Եսգայ՝ յԱրաբաւթն. նորա Սոքով եւ ամենայն երկիրն Ոփերայ։
10 Եսդի որդին՝ Արաբոթում: Սրան էին պատկանում Սոքովն ու ամբողջ Օփերի երկիրը:
10 Արաբովթի մէջ՝ Բենհեսեդը*, որուն կը վերաբերէր Սոքով ու բոլոր Ոփերի երկիրը,
որդի Եսդայ` յԱրաբովթն, նորա Սոքով եւ ամենայն երկիրն Ոփերայ:

4:10: Որդի Եսգայ՝ յԱրաբաւթն. նորա Սոքով եւ ամենայն երկիրն Ոփերայ։
10 Եսդի որդին՝ Արաբոթում: Սրան էին պատկանում Սոքովն ու ամբողջ Օփերի երկիրը:
10 Արաբովթի մէջ՝ Բենհեսեդը*, որուն կը վերաբերէր Սոքով ու բոլոր Ոփերի երկիրը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:104:10 Бен-Хесед~--- в Арюбофе; ему же принадлежал Соко и вся земля Хефер;
4:10 υἱὸς υιος son Εσωθ εσωθ and; even Ρησφαρα ρησφαρα Rēsphara; Rhisfara
4:10 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son חֶ֖סֶד ḥˌeseḏ חֶסֶד Ben-Hesed בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in † הַ the אֲרֻבֹּ֑ות ʔᵃrubbˈôṯ אֲרֻבֹּות Arubboth לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to שֹׂכֹ֖ה śōḵˌō שֹׂוכֹה Socoh וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth חֵֽפֶר׃ ס ḥˈēfer . s חֵפֶר Hepher
4:10. Benesed in Araboth ipsius erat Soccho et omnis terra EpherBenhesed, in Aruboth: his was Socho, and all the land of Epher.
10. Ben-hesed, in Arubboth; to him Socoh, and all the land of Hepher:
4:10. Benhesed, in Arubboth: his was Socoh and the entire land of Hepher;
4:10. The son of Hesed, in Aruboth; to him [pertained] Sochoh, and all the land of Hepher:
The son of Hesed, in Aruboth; to him [pertained] Sochoh, and all the land of Hepher:

4:10 Бен-Хесед~--- в Арюбофе; ему же принадлежал Соко и вся земля Хефер;
4:10
υἱὸς υιος son
Εσωθ εσωθ and; even
Ρησφαρα ρησφαρα Rēsphara; Rhisfara
4:10
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
חֶ֖סֶד ḥˌeseḏ חֶסֶד Ben-Hesed
בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in
הַ the
אֲרֻבֹּ֑ות ʔᵃrubbˈôṯ אֲרֻבֹּות Arubboth
לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to
שֹׂכֹ֖ה śōḵˌō שֹׂוכֹה Socoh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חֵֽפֶר׃ ס ḥˈēfer . s חֵפֶר Hepher
4:10. Benesed in Araboth ipsius erat Soccho et omnis terra Epher
Benhesed, in Aruboth: his was Socho, and all the land of Epher.
4:10. Benhesed, in Arubboth: his was Socoh and the entire land of Hepher;
4:10. The son of Hesed, in Aruboth; to him [pertained] Sochoh, and all the land of Hepher:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
10: Арюбоф - нигде еще не встречается в Библии, но, вероятно, как и Сохо (Нав. XV:48-49), и Xефер (Нав. XII:17), Ογερ, Epher., слав. земля Оферова, - на юге Иудина колена.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:10: Sochoh - See Jos 15:35.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:10: The son of Hesed: or, Ben-hesed
Sochoh: Jos 15:35
Hepher: Jos 12:17, Jos 17:2
John Gill
The son of Hesed in Aruboth,.... Which seems to have been in the tribe of Judah by the places that follow:
to him pertained Sochoh; there were two places of this name in that tribe, Josh 15:35;
and all the land of Hepher: there was an Hepher in the land of Canaan, which was a royal city in the times of the Canaanites, Josh 12:17; and there was an Hepher, the name of a man, a descendant of Judah, to whom, very probably, this land belonged, 1Chron 4:6; unless it can be thought to be the portion of land given to the daughters of Hepher, Josh 17:3.
John Wesley
Hepher - In Judah.
4:114:11: Որդի Աբինադաբայ եւ ամենայն Նեփադովր, որոյ Տափաթ դուստր Սողոմոնի՝ էր նորա կնութեան[3469]։ [3469] Այլք. Որդւոյ Ամինադաբայ։
11 Ամինադաբի որդին՝ ամբողջ Նեփադորում: Սողոմոնի դուստր Տափաթը սրա կինն էր:
11 Բոլոր Դովրի գաւառին մէջ՝ Բենաբինադաբը*։ Սողոմոնին աղջիկը՝ Տափաթ՝ ասոր կինն էր.
որդի Աբինադաբայ ամենայն Նեփադովր, որոյ Տափաթ դուստր Սողոմոնի` էր նորա կնութեան:

4:11: Որդի Աբինադաբայ եւ ամենայն Նեփադովր, որոյ Տափաթ դուստր Սողոմոնի՝ էր նորա կնութեան[3469]։
[3469] Այլք. Որդւոյ Ամինադաբայ։
11 Ամինադաբի որդին՝ ամբողջ Նեփադորում: Սողոմոնի դուստր Տափաթը սրա կինն էր:
11 Բոլոր Դովրի գաւառին մէջ՝ Բենաբինադաբը*։ Սողոմոնին աղջիկը՝ Տափաթ՝ ասոր կինն էր.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:114:11 Бен-Авинадав~--- {над} всем Нафаф-Дором; Тафафь, дочь Соломона, была его женою;
4:11 Χιναναδαβ χιναναδαβ and; even Αναφαθι αναφαθι man; husband Ταβληθ ταβληθ daughter Σαλωμων σαλωμων be αὐτῷ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:11 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אֲבִֽינָדָ֖ב ʔᵃvˈînāḏˌāv אֲבִינָדָב Abinadab כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole נָ֣פַת nˈāfaṯ נָפָה yoke דֹּ֑אר dˈōr דֹּאר Dor טָפַת֙ ṭāfˌaṯ טָפַת Taphath בַּת־ baṯ- בַּת daughter שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon הָ֥יְתָה hˌāyᵊṯā היה be לֹּ֖ו llˌô לְ to לְ lᵊ לְ to אִשָּֽׁה׃ ס ʔiššˈā . s אִשָּׁה woman
4:11. Benabinadab cuius omnis Nepthad Dor Tapheth filiam Salomonis habebat uxoremBenabinadab, to whom belonged all Nephath-Dor: he had Tapheth, the daughter of Solomon, to wife.
11. Ben-abinadab, in all the height of Dor; he had Taphath the daughter of Solomon to wife:
4:11. Benabinadab, to whom was all of Naphath-Dor, who had Taphath, the daughter of Solomon, as wife;
4:11. The son of Abinadab, in all the region of Dor; which had Taphath the daughter of Solomon to wife:
The son of Abinadab, in all the region of Dor; which had Taphath the daughter of Solomon to wife:

4:11 Бен-Авинадав~--- {над} всем Нафаф-Дором; Тафафь, дочь Соломона, была его женою;
4:11
Χιναναδαβ χιναναδαβ and; even
Αναφαθι αναφαθι man; husband
Ταβληθ ταβληθ daughter
Σαλωμων σαλωμων be
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:11
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אֲבִֽינָדָ֖ב ʔᵃvˈînāḏˌāv אֲבִינָדָב Abinadab
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
נָ֣פַת nˈāfaṯ נָפָה yoke
דֹּ֑אר dˈōr דֹּאר Dor
טָפַת֙ ṭāfˌaṯ טָפַת Taphath
בַּת־ baṯ- בַּת daughter
שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
הָ֥יְתָה hˌāyᵊṯā היה be
לֹּ֖ו llˌô לְ to
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אִשָּֽׁה׃ ס ʔiššˈā . s אִשָּׁה woman
4:11. Benabinadab cuius omnis Nepthad Dor Tapheth filiam Salomonis habebat uxorem
Benabinadab, to whom belonged all Nephath-Dor: he had Tapheth, the daughter of Solomon, to wife.
4:11. Benabinadab, to whom was all of Naphath-Dor, who had Taphath, the daughter of Solomon, as wife;
4:11. The son of Abinadab, in all the region of Dor; which had Taphath the daughter of Solomon to wife:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
11: Нафаф-Дор (Нав. XI:2; XII:23), назначенный в удел Манассиину колену (Нав. XVII:11), но не занятым им (ibid. 12), при Средиземном море, близ Кармила, в 9: римск. милях от Кесарии на пути в Тир (Onomastic. 397), во время борьбы иудеев с птолемеями сильная крепость (1: Мак XV:11-14), в последствии римлянами еще более укрепленная (И. Флав. Древн. XV, 5, 3).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:11: Dor - See Jos 11:2 note. It has always been a practice among Oriental potentates to attach to themselves the more important of their officers by giving them for wives princesses of the royal house. Hence, the union here between Ben-Abinadab (probably Solomon's first cousin, compare Sa1 16:8) and Taphath. Compare Kg1 4:15.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:11: The son of Abinadab: or, Ben-abinadab
Dor: Jos 12:23, Jos 17:11; Jdg 1:27
John Gill
The son of Abinadab in all the region of Dor,.... The same with Dor and her towns, belonged to the half tribe of Manasseh, on this side Jordan, Josh 17:11;
which had Taphath the daughter of Solomon to wife; not when he was first put into this office, when, in all probability, Solomon had not a daughter marriageable; but behaving well in it, in process of time he bestowed a daughter of his on him.
4:124:12: Բաանա՝ որդի Այիլովթայ, զԹանաք եւ զՄաքդով, եւ զամենայն տունն Սանայ. որ առ Ելսարթսանաւ, ՚ի ներքոյ Եզրայելի, եւ ՚ի Բեթսաինա մինչեւ ցԱբէլմաուլա, եւ մինչեւ ցՄամբրալա[3470]։ [3470] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Որ առ Ելսարթսանայ. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ ՚ի Բեթսանայ մինչեւ յԱբեղմաուլա, եւ մինչեւ ցՄեմբրաղայ։
12 Այելոթի որդի Բաանան՝ Թանաքում, Մաքդովում եւ Սանի ամբողջ տանը, որը Ելսարթանի մօտ է, Եզրայէլից ներքեւ, եւ տարածւում է Բեթսանից մինչեւ Աբելմաուլա եւ Մամբրալա:
12 Թանաքի ու Մակեդդովի մէջ ու Յեզրայէլի տակ՝ Սարթանի քով եղող բոլոր Բեթսանի մէջ ու Բեթսանէ մինչեւ Աբէլմաուլա ու մինչեւ Յեկմամի անդիի կողմը՝ Աքիղուդի որդին Բաանան,
Բաանա` որդի Աքեղովթայ, [59]զԹանաք եւ զՄաքդով եւ զամենայն տունն Սանայ, որ առ Եղսարթանաւ``, ի ներքոյ Եզրայելի, եւ ի Բեթսանայ մինչեւ ցԱբէլմաուլա, եւ մինչեւ [60]ցՄամբրաղա:

4:12: Բաանա՝ որդի Այիլովթայ, զԹանաք եւ զՄաքդով, եւ զամենայն տունն Սանայ. որ առ Ելսարթսանաւ, ՚ի ներքոյ Եզրայելի, եւ ՚ի Բեթսաինա մինչեւ ցԱբէլմաուլա, եւ մինչեւ ցՄամբրալա[3470]։
[3470] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Որ առ Ելսարթսանայ. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ ՚ի Բեթսանայ մինչեւ յԱբեղմաուլա, եւ մինչեւ ցՄեմբրաղայ։
12 Այելոթի որդի Բաանան՝ Թանաքում, Մաքդովում եւ Սանի ամբողջ տանը, որը Ելսարթանի մօտ է, Եզրայէլից ներքեւ, եւ տարածւում է Բեթսանից մինչեւ Աբելմաուլա եւ Մամբրալա:
12 Թանաքի ու Մակեդդովի մէջ ու Յեզրայէլի տակ՝ Սարթանի քով եղող բոլոր Բեթսանի մէջ ու Բեթսանէ մինչեւ Աբէլմաուլա ու մինչեւ Յեկմամի անդիի կողմը՝ Աքիղուդի որդին Բաանան,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:124:12 Ваана, сын Ахилуда, в Фаанахе и Мегиддо и во всем Беф-Сане, что близ Цартана ниже Иезрееля, от Беф-Сана до Абел-Мехола, и даже за Иокмеам;
4:12 Βακχα βακχα son Αχιλιδ αχιλιδ and; even Μεκεδω μεκεδω and; even πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the οἶκος οικος home; household Σαν σαν the παρὰ παρα from; by Σεσαθαν σεσαθαν underneath τοῦ ο the Εσραε εσραε and; even ἐκ εκ from; out of Βαισαφουδ βαισαφουδ till; until Μαεβερ μαεβερ one; unit
4:12 בַּֽעֲנָא֙ bˈaʕᵃnā בַּעֲנָא Baana בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אֲחִיל֔וּד ʔᵃḥîlˈûḏ אֲחִילוּד Ahilud תַּעְנַ֖ךְ taʕnˌaḵ תַּעֲנַךְ Taanach וּ û וְ and מְגִדֹּ֑ו mᵊḡiddˈô מְגִדֹּו Megiddo וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole בֵּ֣ית שְׁאָ֡ן bˈêṯ šᵊʔˈān בֵּית שְׁאָן Beth Shan אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֵ֨צֶל ʔˌēṣel אֵצֶל side צָרְתַ֜נָה ṣārᵊṯˈanā צָרְתָן Zarethan מִ mi מִן from תַּ֣חַת ttˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part לְ lᵊ לְ to יִזְרְעֶ֗אל yizrᵊʕˈel יִזְרְעֶאל [town] מִ mi מִן from בֵּ֤ית שְׁאָן֙ bbˈêṯ šᵊʔān בֵּית שְׁאָן Beth Shan עַ֚ד ˈʕaḏ עַד unto אָבֵ֣ל מְחֹולָ֔ה ʔāvˈēl mᵊḥôlˈā אָבֵל מְחֹולָה Abel Meholah עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto מֵ mē מִן from עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite לְ lᵊ לְ to יָקְמֳעָֽם׃ ס yoqmᵒʕˈām . s יָקְמְעָם Jokmeam
4:12. Bana filius Ahilud regebat Thanac et Mageddo et universam Bethsan quae est iuxta Sarthana subter Hiezrahel a Bethsan usque Abelmeula e regione IecmaanBana, the son of Ahilud, who governed Thanac, and Mageddo, and all Bethsan, which is by Sarthana, beneath Jezrael, from Bethsan unto Abelmehula, over against Jecmaan.
12. Baana the son of Ahilud, in Taanach and Megiddo, and all Beth-shean which is beside Zarethan, beneath Jezreel, from Beth-shean to Abel-meholah, as far as beyond Jokmeam:
4:12. Baana, the son of Ahilud, who was reigning in Taanach, and Megiddo, and all of Bethshean, which is beside Zarethan and below Jezreel, from Bethshean as far as Abelmeholah, opposite Jokmeam;
4:12. Baana the son of Ahilud; [to him pertained] Taanach and Megiddo, and all Bethshean, which [is] by Zartanah beneath Jezreel, from Bethshean to Abelmeholah, [even] unto [the place that is] beyond Jokneam:
Baana the son of Ahilud; [to him pertained] Taanach and Megiddo, and all Beth- shean, which [is] by Zartanah beneath Jezreel, from Beth- shean to Abel- meholah, [even] unto [the place that is] beyond Jokneam:

4:12 Ваана, сын Ахилуда, в Фаанахе и Мегиддо и во всем Беф-Сане, что близ Цартана ниже Иезрееля, от Беф-Сана до Абел-Мехола, и даже за Иокмеам;
4:12
Βακχα βακχα son
Αχιλιδ αχιλιδ and; even
Μεκεδω μεκεδω and; even
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
οἶκος οικος home; household
Σαν σαν the
παρὰ παρα from; by
Σεσαθαν σεσαθαν underneath
τοῦ ο the
Εσραε εσραε and; even
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Βαισαφουδ βαισαφουδ till; until
Μαεβερ μαεβερ one; unit
4:12
בַּֽעֲנָא֙ bˈaʕᵃnā בַּעֲנָא Baana
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אֲחִיל֔וּד ʔᵃḥîlˈûḏ אֲחִילוּד Ahilud
תַּעְנַ֖ךְ taʕnˌaḵ תַּעֲנַךְ Taanach
וּ û וְ and
מְגִדֹּ֑ו mᵊḡiddˈô מְגִדֹּו Megiddo
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
בֵּ֣ית שְׁאָ֡ן bˈêṯ šᵊʔˈān בֵּית שְׁאָן Beth Shan
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֵ֨צֶל ʔˌēṣel אֵצֶל side
צָרְתַ֜נָה ṣārᵊṯˈanā צָרְתָן Zarethan
מִ mi מִן from
תַּ֣חַת ttˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יִזְרְעֶ֗אל yizrᵊʕˈel יִזְרְעֶאל [town]
מִ mi מִן from
בֵּ֤ית שְׁאָן֙ bbˈêṯ šᵊʔān בֵּית שְׁאָן Beth Shan
עַ֚ד ˈʕaḏ עַד unto
אָבֵ֣ל מְחֹולָ֔ה ʔāvˈēl mᵊḥôlˈā אָבֵל מְחֹולָה Abel Meholah
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
מֵ מִן from
עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יָקְמֳעָֽם׃ ס yoqmᵒʕˈām . s יָקְמְעָם Jokmeam
4:12. Bana filius Ahilud regebat Thanac et Mageddo et universam Bethsan quae est iuxta Sarthana subter Hiezrahel a Bethsan usque Abelmeula e regione Iecmaan
Bana, the son of Ahilud, who governed Thanac, and Mageddo, and all Bethsan, which is by Sarthana, beneath Jezrael, from Bethsan unto Abelmehula, over against Jecmaan.
4:12. Baana, the son of Ahilud, who was reigning in Taanach, and Megiddo, and all of Bethshean, which is beside Zarethan and below Jezreel, from Bethshean as far as Abelmeholah, opposite Jokmeam;
4:12. Baana the son of Ahilud; [to him pertained] Taanach and Megiddo, and all Bethshean, which [is] by Zartanah beneath Jezreel, from Bethshean to Abelmeholah, [even] unto [the place that is] beyond Jokneam:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
12: Пятый округ образует долина Изреель с ее продолжением - долиной Веф-Сана. Фаанах - прежде столица одного из хананейских царей (Нав. XII:21), теперь Ta'anak, лежащий к югу (на 1,25: часа пути) от деревни, Leggun (вероятно, древн. Мегиддо, с которым Фаанах почти исключительно упоминается в Библии, Суд. I:27; V:19; Нав. XVII:11; 1: Пар. VII:29). Мегиддо (LXX: Μαγεδδώ(ν)), в колене Иссахара, уже в древности был укреплен, и вместе с Фаанахом господствовал над долиной, главной дорогой к Иордану (Onomastic. 657); Соломон еще более укрепил Мегиддо (IX:15). По Телль-Амарнским письмам, фараон Тутмозис при Мегиддо (егип. Makida) поразил хананеян. Бет-шеан (Беф-Сан) - в Манассиином колене (Нав. XVII:11, 16; Суд. I:27; 1: Цар. XXXI:10), греч. Σκυθόπολις; (Скифополь) или Νύσσα - при соединении Изрееля с долиной Иорданской вблизи от большой дороги из Дамаска в Египет (см. Иудиф III:10; 2: Мак XII:29; Иуд. Война II, 18, 1, 3, 4). В Иорданской же долине лежали Цартан и Абел-Мехола (Суд. VII:22), родина пророка Елисея (3: Цар. XIX:16), а также Иокмеам (1: Пар. VI:53) - по LXX: Μαεβέρ-Λουκάμ, слав. Маевер Лукам.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:12: On these cities see Jos 12:21; Jos 3:16; Jdg 7:22; Jos 21:22.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:12: Taanach: Jos 17:11; Jdg 5:19
Megiddo: Kg2 23:29, Kg2 23:30
Bethshean: Sa1 31:10, Sa1 31:12
Zartanah: Kg1 7:46, Zarthan, Jos 3:16, Zaretan
Jezreel: Kg1 18:46
Abelmeholah: Kg1 19:16
John Gill
Baana the son of Ahilud, to him pertained Taanach and Megiddo, and all Bethshean,.... All which were places in the tribe of Manasseh, Josh 17:11;
which is by Zartanah beneath Jezreel; so described, to distinguish it, as is thought, from Zaretan in Josh 3:16; and the country this officer presided over reached also
from Bethshean to Abelmeholah, even unto the place that is beyond Jokneam; the two first of these were in the tribe of Manasseh, and the last in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh 19:11.
4:134:13: Եկմաալ որդի Գաբերայ յՌամովթ Գաղաադ. նորա Աւիովթ Յայիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի ՚ի Գաղաադ. նորա վիճակն Երգաբա որ ՚ի Բասան. վաթսուն քաղաքք մեծամեծք պարսպաւորք պղնձանիգք[3471]։ [3471] Ոսկան. Յարիրայ որդւոյ Մանա՛՛։
13 Գարերի որդի Եկմաալը՝ Ռամոթ Գաղաադում: Սրան էին պատկանում Մանասէի որդի Յայիրի աւանները Գաղաադում, Երգաբի գաւառը Բասանում, վաթսուն մեծամեծ պարսպապատ, պղնձէ նիգերով ամրացուած քաղաքներ:
13 Ռամովթ–Գաղաադի մէջ՝ Բենգաբերը*. Գաղաադի մէջ եղող Մանասեան Յայիրի գիւղաքաղաքները ու Բասանի մէջ եղող Արգովբի նահանգը՝ վաթսուն մեծ պարսպապատ ու պղնձանիգ քաղաքներ անոր կը վերաբերէին։
Եկմաաղ որդի`` Գաբերայ` յՌամովթ Գաղաադ, նորա Աւիովթ Յայիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի ի Գաղաադ, նորա վիճակն Արգովբ որ ի Բասան. վաթսուն քաղաքք մեծամեծք պարսպաւորք պղնձանիգք:

4:13: Եկմաալ որդի Գաբերայ յՌամովթ Գաղաադ. նորա Աւիովթ Յայիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի ՚ի Գաղաադ. նորա վիճակն Երգաբա որ ՚ի Բասան. վաթսուն քաղաքք մեծամեծք պարսպաւորք պղնձանիգք[3471]։
[3471] Ոսկան. Յարիրայ որդւոյ Մանա՛՛։
13 Գարերի որդի Եկմաալը՝ Ռամոթ Գաղաադում: Սրան էին պատկանում Մանասէի որդի Յայիրի աւանները Գաղաադում, Երգաբի գաւառը Բասանում, վաթսուն մեծամեծ պարսպապատ, պղնձէ նիգերով ամրացուած քաղաքներ:
13 Ռամովթ–Գաղաադի մէջ՝ Բենգաբերը*. Գաղաադի մէջ եղող Մանասեան Յայիրի գիւղաքաղաքները ու Բասանի մէջ եղող Արգովբի նահանգը՝ վաթսուն մեծ պարսպապատ ու պղնձանիգ քաղաքներ անոր կը վերաբերէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:134:13 Бен-Гевер~--- в Рамофе Галаадском; у него были селения Иаира, сына Манассиина, что в Галааде; у него также область Аргов, что в Васане, шестьдесят больших городов со стенами и медными затворами;
4:13 υἱὸς υιος son Γαβερ γαβερ in Ρεμαθ ρεμαθ this; he σχοίνισμα σχοινισμα who; what ἐν εν in τῇ ο the Βασαν βασαν sixty πόλεις πολις city μεγάλαι μεγας great; loud τειχήρεις τειχηρης and; even μοχλοὶ μοχλος of brass εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:13 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son גֶּ֖בֶר gˌever גֶּבֶר Geber בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רָמֹ֣ת rāmˈōṯ רָמֹת Ramoth גִּלְעָ֑ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead לֹ֡ו lˈô לְ to חַוֹּת֩ ḥawwˌōṯ חַוָּה tent camp יָאִ֨יר yāʔˌîr יָאִיר Jair בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גִּלְעָ֗ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead לֹ֚ו ˈlô לְ to חֶ֤בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord אַרְגֹּב֙ ʔargˌōv אַרְגֹּב Argob אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan שִׁשִּׁים֙ šiššîm שֵׁשׁ six עָרִ֣ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town גְּדֹלֹ֔ות gᵊḏōlˈôṯ גָּדֹול great חֹומָ֖ה ḥômˌā חֹומָה wall וּ û וְ and בְרִ֥יחַ vᵊrˌîₐḥ בְּרִיחַ bar נְחֹֽשֶׁת׃ ס nᵊḥˈōšeṯ . s נְחֹשֶׁת bronze
4:13. Bengaber in Ramoth Galaad habebat Avothiair filii Manasse in Galaad ipse praeerat in omni regione Argob quae est in Basan sexaginta civitatibus magnis atque muratis quae habebant seras aereasBengaber, in Ramoth Galaad: he had the town of Jair, the son of Manasses, in Galaad: he was chief in all the country of Argob, which is in Basan, threescore great cities with walls, and brazen bolts.
13. Ben-geber, in Ramoth-gilead; to him the towns of Jair the son of Manasseh, which are in Gilead; to him the region of Argob, which is in Bashan, threescore great cities with walls and brasen bars:
4:13. Bengeber, in Ramoth Gilead, who had the town of Jair, the son of Manasseh, in Gilead; the same was first in the entire region of Argob, which is in Bashan, sixty great cities with walls that had bronze bars;
4:13. The son of Geber, in Ramothgilead; to him [pertained] the towns of Jair the son of Manasseh, which [are] in Gilead; to him [also pertained] the region of Argob, which [is] in Bashan, threescore great cities with walls and brasen bars:
The son of Geber, in Ramoth- gilead; to him [pertained] the towns of Jair the son of Manasseh, which [are] in Gilead; to him [also pertained] the region of Argob, which [is] in Bashan, threescore great cities with walls and brasen bars:

4:13 Бен-Гевер~--- в Рамофе Галаадском; у него были селения Иаира, сына Манассиина, что в Галааде; у него также область Аргов, что в Васане, шестьдесят больших городов со стенами и медными затворами;
4:13
υἱὸς υιος son
Γαβερ γαβερ in
Ρεμαθ ρεμαθ this; he
σχοίνισμα σχοινισμα who; what
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
Βασαν βασαν sixty
πόλεις πολις city
μεγάλαι μεγας great; loud
τειχήρεις τειχηρης and; even
μοχλοὶ μοχλος of brass
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:13
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
גֶּ֖בֶר gˌever גֶּבֶר Geber
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רָמֹ֣ת rāmˈōṯ רָמֹת Ramoth
גִּלְעָ֑ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
לֹ֡ו lˈô לְ to
חַוֹּת֩ ḥawwˌōṯ חַוָּה tent camp
יָאִ֨יר yāʔˌîr יָאִיר Jair
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גִּלְעָ֗ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
לֹ֚ו ˈlô לְ to
חֶ֤בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord
אַרְגֹּב֙ ʔargˌōv אַרְגֹּב Argob
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
שִׁשִּׁים֙ šiššîm שֵׁשׁ six
עָרִ֣ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
גְּדֹלֹ֔ות gᵊḏōlˈôṯ גָּדֹול great
חֹומָ֖ה ḥômˌā חֹומָה wall
וּ û וְ and
בְרִ֥יחַ vᵊrˌîₐḥ בְּרִיחַ bar
נְחֹֽשֶׁת׃ ס nᵊḥˈōšeṯ . s נְחֹשֶׁת bronze
4:13. Bengaber in Ramoth Galaad habebat Avothiair filii Manasse in Galaad ipse praeerat in omni regione Argob quae est in Basan sexaginta civitatibus magnis atque muratis quae habebant seras aereas
Bengaber, in Ramoth Galaad: he had the town of Jair, the son of Manasses, in Galaad: he was chief in all the country of Argob, which is in Basan, threescore great cities with walls, and brazen bolts.
4:13. Bengeber, in Ramoth Gilead, who had the town of Jair, the son of Manasseh, in Gilead; the same was first in the entire region of Argob, which is in Bashan, sixty great cities with walls that had bronze bars;
4:13. The son of Geber, in Ramothgilead; to him [pertained] the towns of Jair the son of Manasseh, which [are] in Gilead; to him [also pertained] the region of Argob, which [is] in Bashan, threescore great cities with walls and brasen bars:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
13: Шестой округ - в Заиорданье; средоточие его - город Рамоф Галаадский или Мицпа (Нав. XIII:26; Суд. X:17; XI:29) - левитский город за Иорданом в колене Гадовом, теперь es-Salt. Васан - одна из плодоноснейших местностей Палестины, наряду с Кармилом, Ливаном, долиной Саронской (Ис. II:13; XXXIII:9; Иер. L:19; Наум I:4), позже Батанеф (Onomostic. 224). Аргов в Васане, см. Втор. IV:4, 13, 43; Нав. XIII:30; 4: Цар. X:33; Мих. VII:14.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:13: Threescore great cities with walls and brazen bars - These were fortified cities: their gates and bars covered with plates of brass. Such were the gates in Priam's palace: -
Ipse inter primos correpta dura bipenni
Limina perrumpit, Postes que a cardine vellit
Aeratos. Virg. Aen., lib. ii. ver. 479.
Fierce Pyrrhus in the front, with forceful sway,
Plied the huge axe, and hew'd the beams away;
The solid timbers from the portal tore,
And rent from every hinge the Brazen door.
Pitt.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:20
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:13: It will be observed that five out of the twelve prefects are designated solely by their father's names, Ben-Hur, etc., while one (Ahimaaz, Kg1 4:15) has no such designation. Probably the document, which the author of the Book of Kings consulted, had contained originally the proper name and father's name of each prefect; but it was mutilated or illegible in places at the time when he consulted it. If it was in the shape of a list, a single mutilation at one corner might have removed four of the six wanting names.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:13: The son of Geber: or, Ben-geber
Ramothgilead: Kg1 22:3; Deu 4:43; Jos 20:8, Jos 21:38; Kg2 9:1, Kg2 9:14
the towns: Num 32:41; Deu 3:14
Argob: Deu 3:4, Deu 3:8, Deu 3:13, Deu 3:14; Psa 22:12, Psa 68:15
threescore great cities: These were the fortified cities; their gates and bars being covered with plates of brass.
Geneva 1599
The son of Geber, in Ramothgilead; to him [pertained] the towns of (d) Jair the son of Manasseh, which [are] in Gilead; to him [also pertained] the region of Argob, which [is] in Bashan, threescore great cities with walls and brasen bars:
(d) Which bore Jair's name, because he took them from the Canaanites, (Num 32:41).
John Gill
The son of Geber in Ramothgilead,.... A city in the tribe of Gad, and was a city of refuge, Josh 20:8;
to him pertained the towns of Jair the son of Manasseh, which are in Gilead; of which see Num 32:41;
to him also pertained the region of Argob, which is in Bashan,
threescore great cities with walls, and brasen bars; called by Josephus (s) Ragaba, beyond Jordan; See Gill on Deut 3:4.
(s) Antiqu. l. 13. c. 15. sect. 5.
4:144:14: Այինադաբ որդի Ադդովայ ՚ի Մայենեմ։
14 Ադդովի որդի Այինադաբը՝ Մայենեմում,
14 Մանայիմի մէջ՝ Ադդովի որդին Աքինադաղը,
Աքինադաբ որդի Ադդովայ` ի Մայենեմ:

4:14: Այինադաբ որդի Ադդովայ ՚ի Մայենեմ։
14 Ադդովի որդի Այինադաբը՝ Մայենեմում,
14 Մանայիմի մէջ՝ Ադդովի որդին Աքինադաղը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:144:14 Ахинадав, сын Гиддо, в Маханаиме;
4:14 Αχιναδαβ αχιναδαβ son Αχελ αχελ one; unit
4:14 אֲחִֽינָדָ֥ב ʔᵃḥˈînāḏˌāv אֲחִינָדָב Ahinadab בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son עִדֹּ֖א ʕiddˌō עִדֹּוא Iddo מַחֲנָֽיְמָה׃ maḥᵃnˈāyᵊmā מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
4:14. Ahinadab filius Addo praeerat in ManaimAhinadab, the son of Addo, was chief in Manaim.
14. Ahinadab the son of Iddo, in Mahanaim:
4:14. Ahinadab, the son of Iddo, who was first in Mahanaim;
4:14. Ahinadab the son of Iddo [had] Mahanaim:
Ahinadab the son of Iddo [had] Mahanaim:

4:14 Ахинадав, сын Гиддо, в Маханаиме;
4:14
Αχιναδαβ αχιναδαβ son
Αχελ αχελ one; unit
4:14
אֲחִֽינָדָ֥ב ʔᵃḥˈînāḏˌāv אֲחִינָדָב Ahinadab
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
עִדֹּ֖א ʕiddˌō עִדֹּוא Iddo
מַחֲנָֽיְמָה׃ maḥᵃnˈāyᵊmā מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
4:14. Ahinadab filius Addo praeerat in Manaim
Ahinadab, the son of Addo, was chief in Manaim.
4:14. Ahinadab, the son of Iddo, who was first in Mahanaim;
4:14. Ahinadab the son of Iddo [had] Mahanaim:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14: Центр седьмого, также восточно-иорданского округа, - город Маханаим (Быт. XXXII:22; Нав. XIII:26, 30; 2: Цар. XVII:24, 27), его сближают с нынешним Birket-Mahne.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:14: See the margin. Ahinadab had the territory from the places last mentioned as far as Mahanaim Gen 32:2.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:14: Mahanaim: or, to Mahanaim, Gen 32:2; Sa2 2:8, Sa2 17:24, Sa2 17:27
John Gill
Ahinadab the son of Iddo had Mahanaim. Another city on the other side Jordan, where both Ishbosheth and David sometimes dwelt, 2Kings 2:8; this and the places adjacent must be very fruitful, since this officer was to furnish the king with provisions for a month once a year from hence,
4:154:15: Աքիմաս ՚ի Նեփթաղիմ. սա ա՛ռ զՄասեմաթ դուստր Սողոմոնի կնութեան։
15 Աքիմասը՝ Նեփթաղիմում: Սա Սողոմոնի դուստր Մասեմաթին կնութեան էր առել:
15 Նեփթաղիմի մէջ՝ Աքիմաասը, ասիկա ալ Սողոմոնին աղջիկը Բասեմաթը կին առաւ։
Աքիմաս` ի Նեփթաղիմ. սա առ զՄասեմաթ դուստր Սողոմոնի կնութեան:

4:15: Աքիմաս ՚ի Նեփթաղիմ. սա ա՛ռ զՄասեմաթ դուստր Սողոմոնի կնութեան։
15 Աքիմասը՝ Նեփթաղիմում: Սա Սողոմոնի դուստր Մասեմաթին կնութեան էր առել:
15 Նեփթաղիմի մէջ՝ Աքիմաասը, ասիկա ալ Սողոմոնին աղջիկը Բասեմաթը կին առաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:154:15 Ахимаас~--- в {земле} Неффалимовой; он взял себе в жену Васемафу, дочь Соломона;
4:15 Αχιμαας αχιμαας in Νεφθαλι νεφθαλειμ Nephthaleim; Nefthalim καὶ και and; even οὗτος ουτος this; he ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get τὴν ο the Βασεμμαθ βασεμμαθ daughter Σαλωμων σαλωμων into; for γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:15 אֲחִימַ֖עַץ ʔᵃḥîmˌaʕaṣ אֲחִימַעַץ Ahimaaz בְּ bᵊ בְּ in נַפְתָּלִ֑י naftālˈî נַפְתָּלִי Naphtali גַּם־ gam- גַּם even ה֗וּא hˈû הוּא he לָקַ֛ח lāqˈaḥ לקח take אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בָּשְׂמַ֥ת bośmˌaṯ בָּשְׂמַת Basemath בַּת־ baṯ- בַּת daughter שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon לְ lᵊ לְ to אִשָּֽׁה׃ ʔiššˈā אִשָּׁה woman
4:15. Ahimaas in Nepthali sed et ipse habebat Basmath filiam Salomonis in coniugioAchimaas, in Nephthali: he also had Basemath, the daughter of Solomon, to wife.
15. Ahimaaz, in Naphtali; he also took Basemath the daughter of Solomon to wife:
4:15. Ahimaaz, in Naphtali, and he also had Basemath, the daughter of Solomon, in marriage;
4:15. Ahimaaz [was] in Naphtali; he also took Basmath the daughter of Solomon to wife:
Ahimaaz [was] in Naphtali; he also took Basmath the daughter of Solomon to wife:

4:15 Ахимаас~--- в {земле} Неффалимовой; он взял себе в жену Васемафу, дочь Соломона;
4:15
Αχιμαας αχιμαας in
Νεφθαλι νεφθαλειμ Nephthaleim; Nefthalim
καὶ και and; even
οὗτος ουτος this; he
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
τὴν ο the
Βασεμμαθ βασεμμαθ daughter
Σαλωμων σαλωμων into; for
γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
4:15
אֲחִימַ֖עַץ ʔᵃḥîmˌaʕaṣ אֲחִימַעַץ Ahimaaz
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
נַפְתָּלִ֑י naftālˈî נַפְתָּלִי Naphtali
גַּם־ gam- גַּם even
ה֗וּא hˈû הוּא he
לָקַ֛ח lāqˈaḥ לקח take
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בָּשְׂמַ֥ת bośmˌaṯ בָּשְׂמַת Basemath
בַּת־ baṯ- בַּת daughter
שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אִשָּֽׁה׃ ʔiššˈā אִשָּׁה woman
4:15. Ahimaas in Nepthali sed et ipse habebat Basmath filiam Salomonis in coniugio
Achimaas, in Nephthali: he also had Basemath, the daughter of Solomon, to wife.
4:15. Ahimaaz, in Naphtali, and he also had Basemath, the daughter of Solomon, in marriage;
4:15. Ahimaaz [was] in Naphtali; he also took Basmath the daughter of Solomon to wife:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
15: Восьмой округ опять по западную сторону Иордана, на запад от Геннисаретского озера (Ахимаас, ср. 1: Цар. XV:27: сл.) .
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:15: Naphtali: Jos 19:32-39
the daughter: Kg1 4:11; Sa1 18:18
John Gill
Ahimaaz was in Naphtali,.... Out of that tribe he made a monthly provision annually:
he also took Basmath the daughter of Solomon to wife; another daughter of Solomon's, in course of time; See Gill on 3Kings 4:11.
4:164:16: Բաանաս որդի Քուսեայ՝ յԱսեր եւ ՚ի Բաալովթ։
16 Քուսիի որդի Բաանասը՝ Ասերում եւ Բաալոթում:
16 Ասերի ու Բաալօթի մէջ՝ Քուսիին որդին Բաանան,
Բաանաս որդի Քուսեայ` յԱսեր եւ ի Բաաղովթ:

4:16: Բաանաս որդի Քուսեայ՝ յԱսեր եւ ՚ի Բաալովթ։
16 Քուսիի որդի Բաանասը՝ Ասերում եւ Բաալոթում:
16 Ասերի ու Բաալօթի մէջ՝ Քուսիին որդին Բաանան,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:164:16 Ваана, сын Хушая, в {земле} Асировой и в Баалофе;
4:16 Βαανα βαανα son Χουσι χουσι in τῇ ο the Μααλαθ μααλαθ one; unit
4:16 בַּֽעֲנָא֙ bˈaʕᵃnā בַּעֲנָא Baana בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son חוּשָׁ֔י ḥûšˈāy חוּשַׁי Hushai בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אָשֵׁ֖ר ʔāšˌēr אָשֵׁר Asher וּ û וְ and בְעָלֹֽות׃ ס vᵊʕālˈôṯ . s בְּעָלֹות Bealoth
4:16. Baana filius Usi in Aser et in BalodBaana, the son of Husi, in Aser, and in Baloth.
16. Baana the son of Hushai, in Asher and Bealoth:
4:16. Baana, the son of Hushai, in Asher and in Bealoth;
4:16. Baanah the son of Hushai [was] in Asher and in Aloth:
Baanah the son of Hushai [was] in Asher and in Aloth:

4:16 Ваана, сын Хушая, в {земле} Асировой и в Баалофе;
4:16
Βαανα βαανα son
Χουσι χουσι in
τῇ ο the
Μααλαθ μααλαθ one; unit
4:16
בַּֽעֲנָא֙ bˈaʕᵃnā בַּעֲנָא Baana
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
חוּשָׁ֔י ḥûšˈāy חוּשַׁי Hushai
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אָשֵׁ֖ר ʔāšˌēr אָשֵׁר Asher
וּ û וְ and
בְעָלֹֽות׃ ס vᵊʕālˈôṯ . s בְּעָלֹות Bealoth
4:16. Baana filius Usi in Aser et in Balod
Baana, the son of Husi, in Aser, and in Baloth.
4:16. Baana, the son of Hushai, in Asher and in Bealoth;
4:16. Baanah the son of Hushai [was] in Asher and in Aloth:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
16: Девятый округ в Ассировом колене, севернее колена Иссахарова (Втор. XXXIII:24); Xусий, может быть, одно лицо с другом Давида Xусием (2: Цар. XV:32: сл.) .
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:16: Asher: Jos 19:24-31
John Gill
Baanah the son of Hushai was in Asher,.... In the tribe of Asher; a very plentiful tribe, particularly for oil; this officer was perhaps the son of Hushai, the Archite, David's friend, and, it may be, promoted for his sake:
and in Aloth; which signifies ascensions, mountains went upon by steps; near to this place was an high mountain, called the ladder of Tyre (t); perhaps that and the parts adjacent may be meant here.
(t) Vid. Joseph. de Bello Jud. l. 2. c. 10. sect. 2.
4:174:17: Յովսափատ որդի Փուարայ՝ յԻսաքար[3472]։ [3472] Այլք. Փարուայ՝ յԻսաքար։
17 Փարուայի որդի Յոսափատը՝ Իսաքարում:
17 Իսաքարի մէջ՝ Փարուային որդին Յովսափատը,
Յովսափատ որդի Փարուայ` յԻսաքար:

4:17: Յովսափատ որդի Փուարայ՝ յԻսաքար[3472]։
[3472] Այլք. Փարուայ՝ յԻսաքար։
17 Փարուայի որդի Յոսափատը՝ Իսաքարում:
17 Իսաքարի մէջ՝ Փարուային որդին Յովսափատը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:174:17 Иосафат, сын Паруаха, в {земле} Иссахаровой;
4:17 Σαμαα σαμαα son Ηλα ηλα in τῷ ο the Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
4:17 יְהֹושָׁפָ֥ט yᵊhôšāfˌāṭ יְהֹושָׁפָט Jehoshaphat בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son פָּר֖וּחַ pārˌûₐḥ פָּרוּחַ Paruah בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יִשָׂשכָֽר׃ ס yiśāŝḵˈār . s יִשָּׂשׂכָר Issachar
4:17. Iosaphat filius Pharue in IsacharJosaphat, the son of Pharue, in Issachar.
17. Jehoshaphat the son of Paruah, in Issachar:
4:17. Jehoshaphat, the son of Paruah, in Issachar;
4:17. Jehoshaphat the son of Paruah, in Issachar:
Jehoshaphat the son of Paruah, in Issachar:

4:17 Иосафат, сын Паруаха, в {земле} Иссахаровой;
4:17
Σαμαα σαμαα son
Ηλα ηλα in
τῷ ο the
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
4:17
יְהֹושָׁפָ֥ט yᵊhôšāfˌāṭ יְהֹושָׁפָט Jehoshaphat
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
פָּר֖וּחַ pārˌûₐḥ פָּרוּחַ Paruah
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יִשָׂשכָֽר׃ ס yiśāŝḵˈār . s יִשָּׂשׂכָר Issachar
4:17. Iosaphat filius Pharue in Isachar
Josaphat, the son of Pharue, in Issachar.
4:17. Jehoshaphat, the son of Paruah, in Issachar;
4:17. Jehoshaphat the son of Paruah, in Issachar:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
17: Десятый округ - в земле Иссахаровой, между коленом Завулоновым на севере и Манассииным на юге (Нав. XIX:17: сл.) , между морем Тивериадским и долиною Изреель.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:17: Issachar: Jos 19:17-23
Geneva 1599
Jehoshaphat the son of Paruah, in (e) Issachar:
(e) Solomon did not observe the division that Joshua made, but divided it as might best serve his purposes.
John Gill
Jehoshaphat the son of Paruah in Issachar. In the tribe of Issachar; he had the whole tribe at his command to make a monthly provision out of for the king once a year, as had the preceding officer and the following one.
4:184:18: Սեմէի որդի Ելայ՝ ՚ի Բենիամին։
18 Ելի որդի Սեմէին՝ Բենիամինում:
18 Բենիամինի մէջ՝ Էլային որդին Սեմէին,
Սեմէի որդի Եղայ` ի Բենիամին:

4:18: Սեմէի որդի Ելայ՝ ՚ի Բենիամին։
18 Ելի որդի Սեմէին՝ Բենիամինում:
18 Բենիամինի մէջ՝ Էլային որդին Սեմէին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:184:18 Шимей, сын Елы, в {земле} Вениаминовой;
4:18 Γαβερ γαβερ son Αδαι αδαι in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath γῇ γη earth; land Σηων σηων monarch; king τοῦ ο the Εσεβων εσεβων and; even Ωγ ωγ monarch; king τοῦ ο the Βασαν βασαν and; even νασιφ νασιφ one; unit ἐν εν in γῇ γη earth; land Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
4:18 שִׁמְעִ֥י šimʕˌî שִׁמְעִי Shimei בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son אֵלָ֖א ʔēlˌā אֵלָא Ela בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בִנְיָמִֽן׃ ס vinyāmˈin . s בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
4:18. Semei filius Hela in BeniaminSemei, the son of Ela, in Benjamin.
18. Shimei the son of Ela, in Benjamin:
4:18. Shimei, the son of Ela, in Benjamin;
4:18. Shimei the son of Elah, in Benjamin:
Shimei the son of Elah, in Benjamin:

4:18 Шимей, сын Елы, в {земле} Вениаминовой;
4:18
Γαβερ γαβερ son
Αδαι αδαι in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
γῇ γη earth; land
Σηων σηων monarch; king
τοῦ ο the
Εσεβων εσεβων and; even
Ωγ ωγ monarch; king
τοῦ ο the
Βασαν βασαν and; even
νασιφ νασιφ one; unit
ἐν εν in
γῇ γη earth; land
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
4:18
שִׁמְעִ֥י šimʕˌî שִׁמְעִי Shimei
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
אֵלָ֖א ʔēlˌā אֵלָא Ela
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בִנְיָמִֽן׃ ס vinyāmˈin . s בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
4:18. Semei filius Hela in Beniamin
Semei, the son of Ela, in Benjamin.
4:18. Shimei, the son of Ela, in Benjamin;
4:18. Shimei the son of Elah, in Benjamin:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
18: Одиннадцатый округ в Вениаминовом колене, между Ефремовым на севере и Иудиным на юге.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:18: Shimei: Kg1 1:8; Zac 12:13
Benjamin: Jos 18:20-28
John Gill
Shimei the son of Elah in Benjamin. So described, to distinguish him from that Shimei that cursed David, who was of the same tribe; See Gill on 2Kings 16:5.
4:194:19: Գաբեր որդի Արայի, յերկրին Գաղաադու. յերկրին Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց, եւ Ովգայ արքայի Բասանու։ Նաբիփ յերկրին[3473] [3473] Ոմանք. Որդի Յուդայ ՚ի յերկրին... արքայի Բաանու եւ Նաբիփ յերկրին։
19 Ադայի որդի Գաբերը՝ Գաղաադի երկրում, ամորհացիների թագաւոր Սեհոնի ու Բասանի թագաւոր Օգի երկրում: Նաբիփը՝ Յուդայի երկրում:
19 Գաղաադի երկիրն ու Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին ու Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին երկիրը՝ Ուրիին որդին Գաբերն ու այն երկրին մէջ միայն մէկ գործակալ կար։
Գաբեր որդի Արայի` յերկրին Գաղաադու, յերկրին Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց եւ Ովգայ արքայի Բասանու. [61]Նաբիփ յերկրին:

4:19: Գաբեր որդի Արայի, յերկրին Գաղաադու. յերկրին Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց, եւ Ովգայ արքայի Բասանու։ Նաբիփ յերկրին[3473]
[3473] Ոմանք. Որդի Յուդայ ՚ի յերկրին... արքայի Բաանու եւ Նաբիփ յերկրին։
19 Ադայի որդի Գաբերը՝ Գաղաադի երկրում, ամորհացիների թագաւոր Սեհոնի ու Բասանի թագաւոր Օգի երկրում: Նաբիփը՝ Յուդայի երկրում:
19 Գաղաադի երկիրն ու Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին ու Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին երկիրը՝ Ուրիին որդին Գաբերն ու այն երկրին մէջ միայն մէկ գործակալ կար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:194:19 Гевер, сын Урия, в земле Галаадской, в земле Сигона, царя Аморрейского, и Ога, царя Васанского. Он был приставник в этой земле.
4:19 Ιωσαφατ ιωσαφατ Iōsaphat; Iosafat υἱὸς υιος son Φουασουδ φουασουδ in Ισσαχαρ ισσαχαρ Issachar; Issakhar
4:19 גֶּ֥בֶר gˌever גֶּבֶר Geber בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אֻרִ֖י ʔurˌî אֻרִי Uri בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth גִּלְעָ֑ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead אֶ֜רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth סִיחֹ֣ון׀ sîḥˈôn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הָ hā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֗י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite וְ wᵊ וְ and עֹג֙ ʕˌōḡ עֹוג Og מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan וּ û וְ and נְצִ֥יב nᵊṣˌîv נְצִיב pillar אֶחָ֖ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
4:19. Gaber filius Uri in terra Galaad in terra Seon regis Amorrei et Og regis Basan super omnia quae erant in illa terraGaber, the son of Uri, in the land of Galaad, in the land of Sehon, the king of the Amorrhites, and of Og, the king of Basan, over all that were in that land.
19. Geber the son of Uri, in the land of Gilead, the country of Sihon king of the Amorites and of Og king of Bashan; and the only officer which was in the land.
4:19. Geber, the son of Uri, in the land of Gilead, in the land of Sihon, king of the Amorites, and of Og, king of Bashan, over all who were in that land.
4:19. Geber the son of Uri [was] in the country of Gilead, [in] the country of Sihon king of the Amorites, and of Og king of Bashan; and [he was] the only officer which [was] in the land.
Geber the son of Uri [was] in the country of Gilead, [in] the country of Sihon king of the Amorites, and of Og king of Bashan; and [he was] the only officer which [was] in the land:

4:19 Гевер, сын Урия, в земле Галаадской, в земле Сигона, царя Аморрейского, и Ога, царя Васанского. Он был приставник в этой земле.
4:19
Ιωσαφατ ιωσαφατ Iōsaphat; Iosafat
υἱὸς υιος son
Φουασουδ φουασουδ in
Ισσαχαρ ισσαχαρ Issachar; Issakhar
4:19
גֶּ֥בֶר gˌever גֶּבֶר Geber
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אֻרִ֖י ʔurˌî אֻרִי Uri
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
גִּלְעָ֑ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
אֶ֜רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
סִיחֹ֣ון׀ sîḥˈôn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הָ הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֗י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עֹג֙ ʕˌōḡ עֹוג Og
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
וּ û וְ and
נְצִ֥יב nᵊṣˌîv נְצִיב pillar
אֶחָ֖ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
4:19. Gaber filius Uri in terra Galaad in terra Seon regis Amorrei et Og regis Basan super omnia quae erant in illa terra
Gaber, the son of Uri, in the land of Galaad, in the land of Sehon, the king of the Amorrhites, and of Og, the king of Basan, over all that were in that land.
4:19. Geber, the son of Uri, in the land of Gilead, in the land of Sihon, king of the Amorites, and of Og, king of Bashan, over all who were in that land.
4:19. Geber the son of Uri [was] in the country of Gilead, [in] the country of Sihon king of the Amorites, and of Og king of Bashan; and [he was] the only officer which [was] in the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
19: Двенадцатый округ, как и шестой и седьмой, лежал на восточной стороне Иордана - в Галааде; Галаад - в обширном смысле (как и в Чис. XXXII:29; Нав. XXII:9; Суд. X:8; XX:1; 2: Цар. XXIV:6: и др.) , за исключением упомянутых в 13-14: ст. городов. (В принятом тексте LXX-ти: Gad, но во многих кодд.: Γαλαάδ). О завоевании евреями земель Сигона Аморрейского и Ога Васанского см. Чис. XXI:21: сл., 33: сл. сн.; Втор. II:30: сл.; III:1: сл.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:19: The meaning of the last clause is somewhat doubtful. On the whole, our King James Version may well stand as nearly correct. The writer has assigned to Geber a wide stretch of territory; and, anticipating surprise, assures his readers " (there was but) one officer who (purveyed) in this land."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:19: the country of Sihon: Num 21:21-35; Deu 2:26-37, Deu 3:1-17; Jos 13:9-12
John Gill
Geber the son of Uri was in the country of Gilead,.... Which was beyond Jordan, and inhabited by the tribes of Reuben and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh; this must be understood of all the country, excepting what was under the jurisdiction of the son of Geber, 3Kings 4:13; and which had been
the country of Sihon king of the Amorites, and of Og king of Bashan; until it was taken from them by Moses, Num 21:25;
and he was the only officer which was in the land; which is not true of Geber; for there was another officer in the land of Gilead besides him, the son of Geber before observed, unless it should be rendered "in that land", in that part of the land he had; but then the same might have been observed of all the rest of the officers: the words may be rendered best, "and there was one officer in the land"; which some understand of one officer over all the rest, Azariah the son of Nathan, 3Kings 4:5; but it seems best what other Jewish writers say (u), that this was another officer appointed for the intercalated month; when there were thirteen months in the year, there was an officer in the land fixed for that month to make provision out of the land; perhaps any where, where he pleased, being not limited to any certain place. These twelve providers for Solomon's family were emblems of the twelve apostles of Christ, appointed to provide food for his family, the church; and if you add to them the Apostle Paul, it will make thirteen, as this officer did.
(u) T. Bab. Sanhedrin, fol. 12. 1.
John Wesley
Country of Gilead - That is, in the remaining part of that land of Gilead, which was mentioned above. The only officer - In all Gilead, excepting the parcels mentioned before, in all the territories of Sihon and Og; which because they were of large extent, and yet all committed to this one man, it is here noted concerning him as his privilege above the rest.
4:204:20: Յուդա։ Եւ Իսրայէլ բազում էր իբրեւ զաւազ առ եզր ծովու բազմութեամբ. ուտէին եւ ըմպէին եւ ուրա՛խ լինէին[3474]։ [3474] Ոմանք. Առ եզեր ծովու։
20 Իսրայէլը ծովեզերքի աւազի չափ շատ բնակիչներ ունէր, որոնք ուտում էին, խմում եւ ուրախանում:
20 Յուդա ու Իսրայէլ շատուորութեան կողմանէ ծովուն եզերքը եղող աւազին չափ շատ էին։ Կ’ուտէին, կը խմէին եւ ուրախութիւն կ’ընէին։
Յուդա եւ Իսրայէլ բազում էր իբրեւ զաւազ առ եզր ծովու բազմութեամբ. ուտէին եւ ըմպէին եւ ուրախ լինէին:

4:20: Յուդա։ Եւ Իսրայէլ բազում էր իբրեւ զաւազ առ եզր ծովու բազմութեամբ. ուտէին եւ ըմպէին եւ ուրա՛խ լինէին[3474]։
[3474] Ոմանք. Առ եզեր ծովու։
20 Իսրայէլը ծովեզերքի աւազի չափ շատ բնակիչներ ունէր, որոնք ուտում էին, խմում եւ ուրախանում:
20 Յուդա ու Իսրայէլ շատուորութեան կողմանէ ծովուն եզերքը եղող աւազին չափ շատ էին։ Կ’ուտէին, կը խմէին եւ ուրախութիւն կ’ընէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:204:20 Иуда и Израиль, многочисленные как песок у моря, ели, пили и веселились.
4:20 יְהוּדָ֤ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah וְ wᵊ וְ and יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel רַבִּ֔ים rabbˈîm רַב much כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the חֹ֥ול ḥˌôl חֹול sand אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea לָ lā לְ to רֹ֑ב rˈōv רֹב multitude אֹכְלִ֥ים ʔōḵᵊlˌîm אכל eat וְ wᵊ וְ and שֹׁתִ֖ים šōṯˌîm שׁתה drink וּ û וְ and שְׂמֵחִֽים׃ śᵊmēḥˈîm שָׂמֵחַ joyful
4:20. Iuda et Israhel innumerabiles sicut harena maris in multitudine comedentes et bibentes atque laetantesJuda and Israel were innumerable, as the sand of the sea in multitude; eating and drinking, and rejoicing.
20. Judah and Israel were many, as the sand which is by the sea in multitude, eating and drinking and making merry.
4:20. Judah and Israel were innumerable, like the sand of the sea in multitude: eating and drinking, and rejoicing.
4:20. Judah and Israel [were] many, as the sand which [is] by the sea in multitude, eating and drinking, and making merry.
Judah and Israel [were] many, as the sand which [is] by the sea in multitude, eating and drinking, and making merry:

4:20 Иуда и Израиль, многочисленные как песок у моря, ели, пили и веселились.
4:20
יְהוּדָ֤ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
רַבִּ֔ים rabbˈîm רַב much
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
חֹ֥ול ḥˌôl חֹול sand
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea
לָ לְ to
רֹ֑ב rˈōv רֹב multitude
אֹכְלִ֥ים ʔōḵᵊlˌîm אכל eat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שֹׁתִ֖ים šōṯˌîm שׁתה drink
וּ û וְ and
שְׂמֵחִֽים׃ śᵊmēḥˈîm שָׂמֵחַ joyful
4:20. Iuda et Israhel innumerabiles sicut harena maris in multitudine comedentes et bibentes atque laetantes
Juda and Israel were innumerable, as the sand of the sea in multitude; eating and drinking, and rejoicing.
4:20. Judah and Israel were innumerable, like the sand of the sea in multitude: eating and drinking, and rejoicing.
4:20. Judah and Israel [were] many, as the sand which [is] by the sea in multitude, eating and drinking, and making merry.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
20: Образ для гиперболы множества Израиля встречается еще в Быт. XXII:17; XXXII:12; изображение счастья евреев при Соломоне напоминает соответствующее выражение Втор. XIV:26.

Ст. 21-34: в еврейской Библии образуют первую половину уже V главы. Напротив LXX, Vulg., слав. помещают эти стихи в качестве продолжения речи о придворных и приставниках Соломона, пятая же Глава в этих переводах имеет вид цельного, законченного рассказа о приготовлениях Соломона к построению храма. Деление LXXи имеет очевидное преимущество пред евр. масор. 21-24, евр. V:1-4. "Река", нагар в Ветхом Завете вообще, особенно же при указании границ Палестины, обычно означает Евфрат (Быт. XXXI:21; Исх. XXIII:31; Чис. XXII:5; Нав. XXIV:2; Пс. LXXI:8; Мих. VII:12). Земля Филистимская и пределы Египта являются другой, юго-западной границей Палестины, как Евфрат - северо-восточной. Типсах, LXX: Φάψα, слав.: Фапса (евр. слово переход), - большой город на за западном берегу Евфрата, служивший станцией для караванов. Газа, евр. Azzah, ассир. Hazzatu, у Геродота Καδύτις; (II, 59; III, 6) - один из пяти городов филистимского побережья (Суд. XVI:1, 21; 1: Цар. VI:17; 4: Цар. XVIII:8: и др.) . - Выражение ст. 24: (Eвp. V:4) ебер ганнагар. , LXX: πέραν του̃ ποταμου̃, Vulg.: trans flumen, слав.: об он пол реки, - с точки зрения жителей Палестины, лежащей к западу от Евфрата, означает обычно восточные страны за Евфратом (Нав. XXIV:2, 14; 2: Цар. X:16; 3: Цар. XIV:15; Ис. VII:20), здесь же это название относится к западно-евфратским странам (западн. Сирия, Палестина, Филистия). Отсюда некоторые исследователи заключали, что писатель 3: Цар. жил в Вавилонии, за Евфратом (в таком же значении упомянутое выражение употреблено в 1: Езд. VIII:36; Неем. II:7, 9; 1: Мак VII:18). Возможно однако, что выражение это, получившее начало в плену, впоследствии употреблялось без строгой географической точности. - Громадное количество продовольствия двора Соломонова, изумительное с первого взгляда, становится понятным ввиду чрезвычайкой многочисленности придворного штата Соломона (по некоторым = 10: 000: чел., ср. блаж. Феодор, вопр. 16). Подобные цифры встречаются в описании стола Кира и Александра Македонского, а в наше время - турецкого султана (Philippson, 510-511). Кор. (LXX: κόρος, Vulg.: "corus") иначе "хомер" - самая большая древнееврейская мера сыпучих тел, из 10: еф (Ис. V:10; Ос III:2; Лев. XXVII:16; Чис. XL:32: и др.) ; по И. Флав. (Древн. XV, 9, 2) равна 10: аттическим медимнам. На нашу меру - около четверти или 8: четвериков (см. Д. Прозоровский, Библейская метрология, "Странник", 1863: г., апр., с. 13. По проф. Гуляеву, с. 203, около 18: четвериков). "Откормленных птиц" (евр. барбурим аоусим): толкователи разумеют фазанов, гусей или уток, наконец, перепелов.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The Supply of Solomon's Household. B. C. 1014.

20 Judah and Israel were many, as the sand which is by the sea in multitude, eating and drinking, and making merry. 21 And Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the river unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life. 22 And Solomon's provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal, 23 Ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and an hundred sheep, beside harts, and roebucks, and fallowdeer, and fatted fowl. 24 For he had dominion over all the region on this side the river, from Tiphsah even to Azzah, over all the kings on this side the river: and he had peace on all sides round about him. 25 And Judah and Israel dwelt safely, every man under his vine and under his fig tree, from Dan even to Beer-sheba, all the days of Solomon. 26 And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of horses for his chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen. 27 And those officers provided victual for king Solomon, and for all that came unto king Solomon's table, every man in his month: they lacked nothing. 28 Barley also and straw for the horses and dromedaries brought they unto the place where the officers were, every man according to his charge.
Such a kingdom, and such a court, surely never any prince had, as Solomon's are here described to be.
I. Such a kingdom. Never did the crown of Israel shine so brightly as it did when Solomon wore it, never in his father's days, never in the days of any of his successors; nor was that kingdom ever so glorious a type of the kingdom of the Messiah as it was then. The account here given of it is such as fully answers the prophecies which we have concerning it in Ps. lxxii., which is a psalm for Solomon, but with reference to Christ. 1. The territories of his kingdom were large and its tributaries many; so it was foretold that he should have dominion from sea to sea, Ps. lxxii. 8-11. Solomon reigned not only over all Israel, who were his subjects by choice, but over all the neighbouring kingdoms, who were his subjects by constraint. All the princes from the river Euphrates, north-east to the border of Egypt south-west, not only added to his honour by doing him homage and holding their crowns from him, but added to his wealth by serving him, and bringing him presents, v. 21. David, by his successful wars, compelled them to this subjection, and Solomon, by his admirable wisdom, made it easy and reasonable; for it is fit that the fool should be servant to the wise in heart. If they gave him presents, he gave them instructions, and still taught the people knowledge, not only his own people, but those of other nations: and wisdom is better than gold. He had peace on all sides, v. 24. None of all the nations that were subject to him offered to shake off his yoke, or to give him any disturbance, but rather thought themselves happy in their dependence upon him. Herein his kingdom typified the Messiah's; for to him it is promised that he shall have the heathen for his inheritance and that princes shall worship him, Isa. xlix. 6, 7; liii. 12. 2. The subjects of his kingdom and its inhabitants, were many and cheerful. (1.) They were numerous and country was exceedingly populous (v. 20): Judah and Israel were many, and that good land was sufficient to maintain them all. They were as the sand of the sea in multitude. Now was fulfilled the promise made to Abraham concerning the increase of his seed (Gen. xxii. 17), as well as that concerning the extent of their dominion, Gen. xv. 18. This was their strength and beauty, the honour of their prince, the terror of their enemies, and an advancement of the wealth of the nation. If they grew so numerous that the place was any where too strait for them, they might remove with advantage into the countries that were subject to them. God's spiritual Israel are many, at least they will be so when they come all together, Rev. vii. 9. (2.) They were easy, they dwelt safely, or with confidence and assurance (v. 25), not jealous of their king or of his officers, not disaffected either to him or one to another, nor under any apprehension or danger from enemies foreign or domestic. They were happy and knew it, safe and willing to think themselves so. They dwelt every man under his vine and fig-tree. Solomon invaded no man's property, took not to himself their vineyards and olive-yards, as sometimes was the manner of the king (1 Sam. viii. 14), but what they had they could call their own: he protected every man in the possession and enjoyment of his property. Those that had vines and fig-trees ate the fruit of them themselves; and so great was the peace of the country that they might, if they pleased, dwell as safely under the shadow of them as within the walls of a city. Or, because it was usual to have vines by the sides of their houses (Ps. cxxviii. 3), they are said to dwell under their vines. (3.) They were cheerful in the use of their plenty, eating and drinking, and making merry, v. 20. Solomon did not only keep a good table himself, but enabled all his subjects, according to their rank, to do so too, and taught them that God gave them their abundance that they might use it soberly and pleasantly, not that they might hoard it up. There is nothing better than for a man to eat the labour of his hands (Eccl. ii. 24), and that with a merry heart, Eccl. ix. 7. His father, in the Psalms, had led his people into the comforts of communion with God, and now he led them into the comfortable use of the good things of this life. This pleasant posture of Israel's affairs extended, in place, from Dan to Beer-sheba--no part of the country was exposed nor upon any account uneasy; and it continued a long time, all the days of Solomon, without any material interruption. Go where you would, you might see all the marks of plenty, peace, and satisfaction. The spiritual peace, and joy, and holy security, of all the faithful subjects of the Lord Jesus were typified by this. The kingdom of God is not, as Solomon's was, meat and drink, but, what is infinitely better, righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost.
II. Such a court Solomon kept as can scarcely be paralleled. We may guess at the vast number of his attendants, and the great resort there was to him, by the provision that was made daily for his table. Of bread there were so many measures of flour and meal as, it is computed, would richly serve 3000 men (Carellus computes above 4800 men), and the provision of flesh (v. 23) was rather more in proportion. What vast quantities were here of beef, mutton, and venison, and the choicest of all fatted things, as some read that which we translate fatted fowl! Ahasuerus, once in his reign, made a great feast, to show the riches of his kingdom, Esth. i. 3, 4. But it was much more the honour of Solomon that he kept a constant table and a very noble one, not of dainties or deceitful meats (he himself witnessed against them, Prov. xxiii. 3), but substantial food, for the entertainment of those who came to hear his wisdom. Thus Christ fed those whom he taught, 5000 at a time, more than ever Solomon's table would entertain at once: and all believers have in him a continual feast. Herein he far outdoes Solomon, that he feeds all his subjects, not with the bread that perishes, but with that which endures to eternal life. It added much both to the strength and glory of Solomon's kingdom that he had such abundance of horses, 40,000 for chariots and 12,000 for his troops, 1000 horse, perhaps, in every tribe, for the preserving of the public peace, v. 26. God had commanded that their king should not multiply horses (Deut. xvii. 16), nor, according to the account here given, considering the extent and wealth of Solomon's kingdom, did he multiply horses in proportion to his neighbours; for we find even the Philistines bringing into the field 30,000 chariots (1 Sam. xiii. 5) and the Syrians at least 40,000 horse, 2 Sam. x. 18. The same officers that provided for his house provided also for his stable, v. 27, 28. Every one knew his place, and work, and time; and so this great court was kept without confusion. Solomon, that had vast incomes, lived at a vast expense, and perhaps wrote that with application to himself, Eccl. v. 11. When goods increase those are increased that eat them; and what good is there to the owners thereof, saving the beholding of them with their eyes, unless withal they have the satisfaction of doing good with them?
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:20: Eating and drinking, and making merry - They were very comfortable, very rich, very merry, and very corrupt. And this full feeding and dissipation led to a total corruption of manners.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:21
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:20: There is some doubt about the proper arrangement of the remainder of this chapter. The best alteration, if we alter the Hebrew order at all, would be to place Kg1 4:20-21 after Kg1 4:25.
Many ... - See Kg1 3:8 note; and compare Psa 127:1-5, which is traditionally ascribed to Solomon, and which celebrates the populousness and security of Israel in his day.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:20: as the sand: Kg1 3:8; Gen 13:16, Gen 15:5, Gen 22:17; Pro 14:28
eating: Sa1 30:16; Ch1 12:39; Job 1:18; Psa 72:3-7; Ecc 2:24; Isa 22:13; Mic 4:4; Zac 3:10, Zac 9:15; Act 2:46
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

In 3Kings 4:20 the account of Solomon's officers is closed by a general remark as to the prosperous condition of the whole nation; though we miss the copula Vav at the commencement. The words, "Judah and Israel were numerous as the sand by the sea," indicate that the promise given to the patriarchs (Gen 22:17, cf. Gen 32:13) had been fulfilled. To this there is appended in 3Kings 5:1 the remark concerning the extent of Solomon's sway, which prepares the way for what follows, and shows how the other portion of the promise, "thy seed will possess the gates of its enemies," had been fulfilled. - The first fourteen verses of 1 Kings 5 are therefore connected by the lxx, Vulg., Luther, and others with 1 Kings 4. It is not till 3Kings 5:15 that a new section begins.
Geneva 1599
Judah and Israel [were] many, as the sand which [is] by the sea in multitude, (f) eating and drinking, and making merry.
(f) They lived in all peace and security.
John Gill
Judah and Israel were many, as the sand which is by the sea in multitude,.... Being blessed with great fruitfulness in their families, and having no pestilential disease among them, nor wars to lessen their number, and so the promise to Abraham was fulfilled, Gen 22:17; and which was an emblem of Christ's spiritual subjects, especially in the latter day, whom Solomon was a type of, see Hos 1:10;
eating, and drinking, and making merry; having a large increase of the fruits of the earth, and in no fear of any enemies; expressive of the spiritual joy of believers in the kingdom of Christ, and under the word and ordinances, Song 2:3.
4:214:21: Եւ Սողոմոն՝ իշխա՛ն էր թագաւորութեանց, ՚ի գետոյ երկրին այլազգեաց մինչեւ ՚ի սահմանս Եգիպտոսի. բերէին պատարագս՝ եւ ծառայէին Սողոմոնի զամենայն աւուրս կենաց նորա։
21 Սողոմոնը տիրում էր թագաւորութիւններին այլազգիների գետի երկրից մինչեւ Եգիպտոսի սահմանները: Բերում էին ընծաներ ու ծառայեցին նրան մինչեւ նրա կեանքի վերջը:
21 Սողոմոն Եփրատ գետէն մինչեւ Փղշտացիներուն երկիրը ու մինչեւ Եգիպտոսի սահմանը՝ բոլոր թագաւորութիւններուն վրայ կ’իշխէր եւ անոր ընծաներ կը բերէին ու Սողոմոնին ծառայութիւն կ’ընէին՝ անոր կեանքին բոլոր օրերուն մէջ։
Եւ Սողոմոն իշխան էր [62]թագաւորութեանց` ի գետոյ երկրին այլազգեաց`` մինչեւ ի սահմանս Եգիպտոսի. բերէին պատարագս եւ ծառայէին Սողոմոնի զամենայն աւուրս կենաց նորա:

4:21: Եւ Սողոմոն՝ իշխա՛ն էր թագաւորութեանց, ՚ի գետոյ երկրին այլազգեաց մինչեւ ՚ի սահմանս Եգիպտոսի. բերէին պատարագս՝ եւ ծառայէին Սողոմոնի զամենայն աւուրս կենաց նորա։
21 Սողոմոնը տիրում էր թագաւորութիւններին այլազգիների գետի երկրից մինչեւ Եգիպտոսի սահմանները: Բերում էին ընծաներ ու ծառայեցին նրան մինչեւ նրա կեանքի վերջը:
21 Սողոմոն Եփրատ գետէն մինչեւ Փղշտացիներուն երկիրը ու մինչեւ Եգիպտոսի սահմանը՝ բոլոր թագաւորութիւններուն վրայ կ’իշխէր եւ անոր ընծաներ կը բերէին ու Սողոմոնին ծառայութիւն կ’ընէին՝ անոր կեանքին բոլոր օրերուն մէջ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:214:21 Соломон владел всеми царствами от реки {Евфрата} до земли Филистимской и до пределов Египта. Они приносили дары и служили Соломону во все дни жизни его.
4:21 וּ û וְ and שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon הָיָ֤ה hāyˈā היה be מֹושֵׁל֙ môšˌēl משׁל rule בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מַּמְלָכֹ֔ות mmamlāḵˈôṯ מַמְלָכָה kingdom מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the נָּהָר֙ nnāhˌār נָהָר stream אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto גְּב֣וּל gᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt מַגִּשִׁ֥ים maggišˌîm נגשׁ approach מִנְחָ֛ה minḥˈā מִנְחָה present וְ wᵊ וְ and עֹבְדִ֥ים ʕōvᵊḏˌîm עבד work, serve אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יְמֵ֥י yᵊmˌê יֹום day חַיָּֽיו׃ פ ḥayyˈāʸw . f חַיִּים life
4:21. Salomon autem erat in dicione sua habens omnia regna sicut a flumine terrae Philisthim usque ad terminum Aegypti offerentium sibi munera et servientium ei cunctis diebus vitae eiusAnd Solomon had under him all the kingdoms, from the river to the land of the Philistines, even to the border of Egypt: and they brought him presents, and served him all the days of his life.
21. And Solomon ruled over all the kingdoms from the River unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life.
4:21. Now Solomon had, in his dominion, all the kingdoms, from the river to the land of the Philistines, even to the border of Egypt. And they offered gifts to him, and they served him all the days of his life.
4:21. And Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the river unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life.
And Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the river unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life:

4:21 Соломон владел всеми царствами от реки {Евфрата} до земли Филистимской и до пределов Египта. Они приносили дары и служили Соломону во все дни жизни его.
4:21
וּ û וְ and
שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
הָיָ֤ה hāyˈā היה be
מֹושֵׁל֙ môšˌēl משׁל rule
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מַּמְלָכֹ֔ות mmamlāḵˈôṯ מַמְלָכָה kingdom
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
נָּהָר֙ nnāhˌār נָהָר stream
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
גְּב֣וּל gᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
מַגִּשִׁ֥ים maggišˌîm נגשׁ approach
מִנְחָ֛ה minḥˈā מִנְחָה present
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עֹבְדִ֥ים ʕōvᵊḏˌîm עבד work, serve
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יְמֵ֥י yᵊmˌê יֹום day
חַיָּֽיו׃ פ ḥayyˈāʸw . f חַיִּים life
4:21. Salomon autem erat in dicione sua habens omnia regna sicut a flumine terrae Philisthim usque ad terminum Aegypti offerentium sibi munera et servientium ei cunctis diebus vitae eius
And Solomon had under him all the kingdoms, from the river to the land of the Philistines, even to the border of Egypt: and they brought him presents, and served him all the days of his life.
21. And Solomon ruled over all the kingdoms from the River unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life.
4:21. Now Solomon had, in his dominion, all the kingdoms, from the river to the land of the Philistines, even to the border of Egypt. And they offered gifts to him, and they served him all the days of his life.
4:21. And Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the river unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:21: Solomon reigned over all kingdoms - The meaning of this verse appears to be, that Solomon reigned over all the provinces from the river Euphrates to the land of the Philistines, even to the frontiers of Egypt. The Euphrates was on the east of Solomon's dominions; the Philistines were westward on the Mediterranean sea; and Egypt was on the south. Solomon had, therefore, as tributaries, the kingdoms of Syria, Damascus, Moab, and Ammon, which lay between the Euphrates and the Mediterranean. See Calmet. Thus he appears to have possessed all the land that God covenanted with Abraham to give to his posterity.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:22
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:21: Solomon's empire, like all the great empires of Asia down to the time of the Persians, consisted of a congeries of small kingdoms, all ruled by their own kings Kg1 4:24, who admitted the suzerainty of the Jewish monarch, and paid him "presents," i. e., an annual tribute (see Kg1 10:25).
Unto the land of the Philistines - There is no word corresponding to "unto" in the Hebrew. The construction should be, "Solomon reigned over all the kingdoms from the river (i. e., the Euphrates: see the marginal references), over the land of the Philistines," etc. The writer draws attention to the fact that the extent of Solomon's kingdom was in accordance with the promises made to Abraham, Moses, and Joshua.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:21: Solomon: Kg1 4:24; Gen 15:18; Exo 23:31; Deu 11:24; Jos 1:4; Ch2 9:26-31; Ezr 4:20; Psa 72:8-11
brought: Sa1 10:27; Kg2 17:3; Ch2 17:5, Ch2 32:23; Psa 68:29, Psa 72:10, Psa 72:11, Psa 76:11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Solomon's Regal Splendour. - 3Kings 4:21. "Solomon was ruler over all the kingdoms from the river (Euphrates) onwards, over the land of the Philistines to the border of Egypt, who brought presents and were subject to Solomon his whole life long." Most of the commentators supply ועד before פלשׁתּים ארץ (even to the land of the Philistines) after the parallel passage 2Chron 9:26, so that the following גּבוּל ועד would give a more precise definition of the terminus ad quem. But it is by no means probable that ועד, which appears to be indispensable, should have dropped out through the oversight of a copyist, and it is not absolutely necessary to supply it, inasmuch as בּ may be repeated in thought before ארץ פ from the preceding clause. The participle מגּשׁים is construed ad sensum with ממלכות. Bringing presents is equivalent to paying tribute, as in 2Kings 8:2, etc.
Vv. 22-28. The splendour of the court, the consumption in the royal kitchen (3Kings 4:22-25), and the well-filled stables (3Kings 4:26-28), were such as befitted the ruler of so large a kingdom.
3Kings 4:22-23
The daily consumption of לחם (food or provisions) amounted to thirty cors of fine meal (סלת = חטּים סלת, fine sifted meal, Ex 29:2; for סלת see also Lev 2:2), and sixty cors of קמח, ordinary meal, ten fattened oxen, twenty pasture oxen, which were brought directly from the pasture and slaughtered, and a hundred sheep, beside different kinds of game. כּר, κορός, the later name for חמר, the largest dry and also liquid (3Kings 5:11), measure of capacity, contained ten ephahs or baths, i.e., according to the calculation made by Thenius, 15,300 cubic inches (Dresden) = about 1 7/8 scheffel;
(Note: The scheffel is about an English sack (vid., Flgel's Dict.). - Tr.)
so that ninety cors would amount to 171 scheffel, from which 28,000 lbs. of bread could be baked (Theol. Stud. und Krit. 1846, pp. 132,133). And "if we reckon 2 lbs. of bread to each person, there would be 14,000 persons in Solomon's court," The consumption of flesh would be quite in proportion to that of bread; for ten fattened oxen, twenty oxen from the pasture, and a hundred sheep, yield more than 21,000 lbs. of meat, that is to say, a pound and a half for each person, "assuming, according to the statements of those who are acquainted with the matter, that the edible meat of a fat ox amounts to 600 lbs., that of an ox from the pasture to 400 lbs., and that of a sheep to 70 lbs." (Thenius ut sup.). This daily consumption of Solomon's court will not appear too great, if, on the one hand, we compare it with the quantity consumed at other oriental courts both of ancient and modern times,
(Note: According to Athen. Deipnos. iv. 10, the kings of Persia required a thousand oxen a day; and according to Tavernier, in Rosenmller's A. u. N. Morgenland, iii. pp. 166,167, five hundred sheep and lambs were slaughtered daily for the Sultan's court.)
and if, on the other hand, we bear in mind that not only the numerous attendants upon the king and his harem, but also the royal adjutants and the large number of officers employed about the court, were supplied from the king's table, and that their families had also to be fed, inasmuch as the wages in oriental courts are all paid in kind. In addition to this, game was also supplied to the king's table: viz., איּל stags, צבי gazelles, יחמוּר fallow-deer, and אבוּסים בּרבּרים "fattened fowl." The meaning of אבוּסים is doubtful. The earlier translators render it birds or fowl. Kimchi adopts the rendering "capons;" Tanch. Hieroz. "geese," so called from their pure (בּרר) white feathers; and both Gesenius and Dietrich (Lex.) decide in favour of the latter. The word must denote some special kind of fowl, since edible birds in general were called צפּרים (Neh 5:18).
3Kings 4:24-25
Solomon was able to appropriate all this to his court, because (כּי) he had dominion, etc.;...and (3Kings 4:25) Israel and Judah enjoyed the blessings of peace during the whole of his reign. הנּהר בּכל־עבר, "over all the other side of the river (Euphrates)," i.e., not the land on the east, but that on the west of the river. This usage of speech is to be explained from the fact that the author of our books, who was living in exile on the other side of the Euphrates, describes the extent of Solomon's kingdom taking that as his starting-point. Solomon's power only extended to the Euphrates, from Tiphsach in the north-east to Gaza in the south-west. תּפסח (crossing, from פּסח) is Thapsacus, a large and wealthy city on the western bank of the Euphrates, at which the armies of the younger Cyrus and Alexander crossed the river (Xen. Anab. i. 4; Arrian, Exped. Alex. iii. 7). Gaza, the southernmost city of the Philistines, the present Guzzeh; see at Josh 13:3. The הנּהר עבר מלכי are the kings of Syria who were subjugated by David (2Kings 8:6 and 2Kings 10:19), and of the Philistines (2Kings 8:1). "And he had peace on all sides round about." This statement does not "most decidedly contradict 3Kings 11:23.," as Thenius maintains; for it cannot be proved that according to this passage the revolt of Damascus had taken place before Solomon's reign (Ewald and others; see at 3Kings 11:23.).
3Kings 4:25
"Judah and Israel sat in safety, every one under his vine and his fig-tree." This expresses the undisturbed enjoyment of the costly productions of the land (4Kings 18:31), and is therefore used by the prophets as a figure denoting the happiness of the Messianic age (Mic 4:4; Zech 3:10). "From Dan to Beersheba," as in Judg 20:1, etc.
3Kings 4:26
This verse is not to be regarded "as a parenthesis according to the intention of the editor," but gives a further proof of the peace and prosperity which the kingdom and people enjoyed under Solomon. Solomon had a strong force of war chariots and cavalry, that he might be able to suppress every attempt on the part of the tributary kings of Syria and Philistia to revolt and disturb the peace. "Solomon had 4000 racks of horses for his chariots, and 12,000 riding horses," which were kept partly in Jerusalem and partly in cities specially built for the purpose (3Kings 9:19; 3Kings 10:26; 2Chron 1:14; 2Chron 9:25). ארבּעים (40) is an old copyist's error for ארבּעה (4), which we find in the parallel passage 2Chron 9:25, and as we may also infer from 3Kings 10:26 and 2Chron 1:14, since according to these passages Solomon had 1400 רכב or war chariots. For 4000 horses are a very suitable number for 1400 chariots, though not 40,000, since two draught horses were required for every war chariot, and one horse may have been kept as a reserve. ארוה does not mean a team (Ges.), but a rack or box in a stable, from ארה, carpere. According to Vegetius, i. 56, in Bochart (Hieroz. i. p. 112, ed. Ros.), even in ancient times every horse had it own crib in the stable just as it has now. Bttcher (n. ex. Krit. Aehrenl. ii. p. 27) is wrong in supposing that there were several horses, say at least ten, to one rack. מרכּב is used collectively for "chariots."
3Kings 4:27-28
"And" = a still further proof of the blessings of peace - "those prefects (3Kings 4:7.) provided for king Solomon, and all who came to the king's table, i.e., who were fed from the royal table, every one his month (see at 3Kings 4:7), so that nothing was wanting (3Kings 4:28), and conveyed the barley (the ordinary food of cattle in Palestine and the southern lands, where oats are not cultivated) and the straw for the horses and coursers to the place where it ought to be. To שׁם יהיה אשׁר the lxx, Vulg., and others supply המּלך as the subject: wherever the king might stay. This is certainly more in harmony with the imperfect יהיה than it would be to supply הרכשׁ, as Bochart and others propose; still it is hardly correct. For in that case ולרכשׁ לסּוּסים could only be understood as referring to the chariot horses and riding horses, which Solomon kept for the necessities of his court, and not to the whole of the cavalry; since we cannot possibly assume that even if Solomon changed his residence according to the season and to suit his pleasure, or on political grounds, as Thenius supposes, though this cannot by any means be inferred from 3Kings 9:18 and 3Kings 9:19, he took 16,000 horses about with him. But this limitation of the clause is evidently at variance with the context, since ולרכב לסּוּסים too plainly refer back to 3Kings 4:6. Moreover, "if the king were intended, he would certainly have been mentioned by name, as so many other subjects and objects have come between." For these reasons we agree with Bttcher in taking יהיה indefinitely: "where it (barley and straw) was wanted, according to the distribution of the horses." רכשׁ probably denotes a very superior kind of horse, like the German Renner (a courser or race-horse). כּמשׁפּטו אישׁ, every one according to his right, i.e., whatever was appointed for him as right.
Geneva 1599
And Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the (g) river unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life.
(g) Which is the Euphrates.
John Gill
And Solomon reigned over all kingdoms,.... Not only over Judah and Israel, but all people round about him, they standing in fear of him; or who brought him presents, or paid tribute to him, which was an acknowledgment of superiority over them, and doing homage to him:
from the river unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt; that is, from the river Euphrates, as the Targum, which was the border of his proper domains to the east, to Palestine, inhabited by the Philistines, which lay to the west, and as far as the border of Egypt, which was the southern boundary; a like and larger extent of Christ's kingdom is given, Ps 72:8;
and they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life; this explains in what sense other kingdoms besides were ruled by Solomon, and subject to him; of Christ his antitype, see Ps 72:10.
John Wesley
The river - Euphrates: for so far David, having conquered the Syrians, extended his empire, which Solomon also maintained in that extent. And so God's promise concerning the giving the whole land, as far as Euphrates, to the Israelites, was fulfilled. And, if the Israelites had multiplied so much that the land of Canaan would not suffice them, having God's grant of all the land as far as Euphrates, they might have seized upon it whensoever occasion required. The land of the Philistines - Which is to be understood inclusively; for the Philistines were within Solomon's dominion. The border of Egypt - Unto the river Sihor, which was the border between Egypt and Canaan. And served - By tribute, or other ways, as he needed and required.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the river--All the petty kingdoms between the Euphrates and the Mediterranean were tributary to him. Similar is the statement in 3Kings 4:24.
4:224:22: Եւ ա՛յս ռոճիկք էին Սողոմոնի ՚ի միում աւուր. երեսուն քոռ նաշհւոյ, եւ քառասուն քոռ ալեր գերմակոյ.
22 Սողոմոնն օրական սպառում էր երեսուն քոռ[49] ընտիր ալիւր, քառասուն քոռ ալիւր,[49] 49. Շուրջ 9.000 կիլոգրամ:
22 Սողոմոնին մէկ օրուան ռոճիկն էր՝ երեսուն քոռ նաշիհ ու վաթսուն քոռ ալիւր,
Եւ այս ռոճիկք էին Սողոմոնի ի միում աւուր. երեսուն քոռ նաշհոյ, եւ [63]քառասուն քոռ ալեր գերմակոյ:

4:22: Եւ ա՛յս ռոճիկք էին Սողոմոնի ՚ի միում աւուր. երեսուն քոռ նաշհւոյ, եւ քառասուն քոռ ալեր գերմակոյ.
22 Սողոմոնն օրական սպառում էր երեսուն քոռ[49] ընտիր ալիւր, քառասուն քոռ ալիւր,
[49] 49. Շուրջ 9.000 կիլոգրամ:
22 Սողոմոնին մէկ օրուան ռոճիկն էր՝ երեսուն քոռ նաշիհ ու վաթսուն քոռ ալիւր,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:224:22 Продовольствие Соломона на каждый день составляли: тридцать к{о}ров муки пшеничной и шестьдесят к{о}ров прочей муки,
4:22 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֥י yᵊhˌî היה be לֶֽחֶם־ lˈeḥem- לֶחֶם bread שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon לְ lᵊ לְ to יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day אֶחָ֑ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three כֹּר֙ kˌōr כֹּר kor סֹ֔לֶת sˈōleṯ סֹלֶת wheat groat וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׁשִּׁ֥ים šiššˌîm שֵׁשׁ six כֹּ֖ר kˌōr כֹּר kor קָֽמַח׃ qˈāmaḥ קֶמַח flour
4:22. erat autem cibus Salomonis per dies singulos triginta chori similae et sexaginta chori farinaeAnd the provision of Solomon, for each day, was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal;
22. And Solomon’s provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal;
4:22. And the provisions of Solomon, for each day, were thirty cor of fine wheat flour, and sixty cor of meal,
4:22. And Solomon’s provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal,
And Solomon' s provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal:

4:22 Продовольствие Соломона на каждый день составляли: тридцать к{о}ров муки пшеничной и шестьдесят к{о}ров прочей муки,
4:22
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֥י yᵊhˌî היה be
לֶֽחֶם־ lˈeḥem- לֶחֶם bread
שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day
אֶחָ֑ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three
כֹּר֙ kˌōr כֹּר kor
סֹ֔לֶת sˈōleṯ סֹלֶת wheat groat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׁשִּׁ֥ים šiššˌîm שֵׁשׁ six
כֹּ֖ר kˌōr כֹּר kor
קָֽמַח׃ qˈāmaḥ קֶמַח flour
4:22. erat autem cibus Salomonis per dies singulos triginta chori similae et sexaginta chori farinae
And the provision of Solomon, for each day, was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal;
22. And Solomon’s provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal;
4:22. And the provisions of Solomon, for each day, were thirty cor of fine wheat flour, and sixty cor of meal,
4:22. And Solomon’s provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour, and threescore measures of meal,
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:22: Solomon's provision for one day: -
Of fine flour 30 measures, or cors. Of meal 60 ditto. Stall-fed oxen 10 Ditto from the pasture 20 Sheep 100; with harts, roebucks, fallow deer, and fat fowls. The כר cor was the same as the homer, and contained nearly seventy-six gallons, wine measure, according to Bishop Cumberland.
Sheep - צאן tson, comprehending both sheep and goats.
Harts - מאיל meaiyal, the deer.
Roebucks - צבי tsebi, the gazal, antelope, or wild goat.
Fallow deer - יחמור yachmur, the buffalo. See the notes on Deu 12:15; Deu 14:5.
Fatted fowl - ברברים אבוסים barburim abusim, I suppose, means all the wild fowls in season during each month. Michaelis derives ברברים barburim from ברא bara, which in Chaldee, Syriac, and Arabic, signifies a field, a desert; all that is without the cities and habitations of men: hence חיות ברא cheyvath bara, wild beasts, Dan 2:38, תור בר tor bar, wild bull; and therefore barburim may signify creatures living in the fields, woods, and deserts, which are taken by hunting, and opposed to those which are domesticated; and, consequently, may include beasts as well as fowls. Many have translated the word capons; but, query, was any such thing known among the ancient Jews? Solomon's table, therefore, was spread with all the necessaries and delicacies which the house or the field could afford.
But how immense must the number of men have been who were fed daily at the palace of the Israelitish king! Vilalpandus computes the number to be not less than forty-eight thousand, six hundred; and Calvisius makes, by estimation from the consumption of food, fifty-four thousand! These must have included all his guards, each of whom received a ration from the king's store.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:25
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:22: Thirty measures - (margin, cors) The cor, which was the same measure as the homer, is computed, on the authority of Josephus, at 86 English gallons, on the authority of the rabbinical writers at 44. Thirty cors, even at the lower estimate, would equal 1, 320 gallons, or 33 of our "sacks;" and the 90 cors of fine and coarse flour would altogether equal 99 sacks. From the quantity of flour consumed, it has been conjectured that the number of those who fed at the royal board was 14, 000.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:22: provision: Heb. bread
measures: Heb. cors, Kg1 4:22
John Gill
And Solomon's provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour,.... The measure here used was the "corus", or "cor", the same with the homer, which was equal to ten ephahs, and, according to Bishop Cumberland (w), held seventy five wine gallons and five pints, and somewhat more; by which may be known how many gallons of fine flour these thirty measures held, which were all consumed in one day:
and threescore measures of meal: sixty measures of a coarser sort, for the servants, not so finely dressed; the same measure is here used as before; and it is observed by some, that one cor is equivalent to six hundred forty eight Roman pounds, and allowing to one man two pounds a day for his food, there would be food enough for 29,160 men out of 90 times 648, or 58,320 pounds (x). Others exaggerate the account; Vilalpandus says it would have sufficed 48,600 persons; Seth Calvisius 54,000, and Salianus 70,000 (y); the Jews say (z) that he had 60,000 that ate at his table; that is, who were maintained at his court.
(w) Scripture Weights and Measures, ch. 3. p. 86. (x) Vid. Scheuchzer. Physic. Sacr. p. 516. (y) Vid. Witsii Miscellan. tom. 2. exercit. 10. sect. 26. (z) Shalshalet Hakabala, fol. 8. 2.
John Wesley
Measures - Heb. Cors: each of which contained ten ephahs. So this provision was sufficient for near three thousand persons. Meal - Of a coarser sort for common use.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Solomon's provision for one day--not for the king's table only, but for all connected with the court, including, besides the royal establishment, those of his royal consorts, his principal officers, his bodyguards, his foreign visitors, &c. The quantity of fine floor used is estimated at two hundred forty bushels; that of meal or common flour at four hundred eighty. The number of cattle required for consumption, besides poultry and several kinds of game (which were abundant on the mountains) did not exceed in proportion what is needed in other courts of the East.
4:234:23: եւ տասն եզն ընտիր, եւ քսան կով արօտական, եւ հարիւր ոչխար. թո՛ղ զեղջերու եւ զայծեամն, եւ զընտիր ընտիր հաւուց պարարելոց։
23 տասն ընտիր եզներ, արօտավայրում կերակրուած քսան կով եւ հարիւր ոչխար, չհաշուած եղջերուները, այծեամներն ու տեսակ-տեսակ ընտիր պարարտ թռչուններ
23 Տասը գէր արջառ ու քսան արօտական արջառ ու հարիւր ոչխար, բացի եղջերուներէն, այծեամներէն, վիթերէն* ու գիրցուած թռչուններէն։
եւ տասն եզն ընտիր, եւ քսան կով արօտական, եւ հարեւր ոչխար. թող զեղջերու եւ զայծեամն եւ զընտիր ընտիր հաւուց պարարելոց:

4:23: եւ տասն եզն ընտիր, եւ քսան կով արօտական, եւ հարիւր ոչխար. թո՛ղ զեղջերու եւ զայծեամն, եւ զընտիր ընտիր հաւուց պարարելոց։
23 տասն ընտիր եզներ, արօտավայրում կերակրուած քսան կով եւ հարիւր ոչխար, չհաշուած եղջերուները, այծեամներն ու տեսակ-տեսակ ընտիր պարարտ թռչուններ
23 Տասը գէր արջառ ու քսան արօտական արջառ ու հարիւր ոչխար, բացի եղջերուներէն, այծեամներէն, վիթերէն* ու գիրցուած թռչուններէն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:234:23 десять волов откормленных и двадцать волов с пастбища, и сто овец, кроме оленей, и серн, и сайгаков, и откормленных птиц;
4:23 עֲשָׂרָ֨ה ʕᵃśārˌā עֲשָׂרָה ten בָקָ֜ר vāqˈār בָּקָר cattle בְּרִאִ֗ים bᵊriʔˈîm בָּרִיא fat וְ wᵊ וְ and עֶשְׂרִ֥ים ʕeśrˌîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty בָּקָ֛ר bāqˈār בָּקָר cattle רְעִ֖י rᵊʕˌî רְעִי pasture וּ û וְ and מֵ֣אָה mˈēʔā מֵאָה hundred צֹ֑אן ṣˈōn צֹאן cattle לְ֠ lᵊ לְ to בַד vˌaḏ בַּד linen, part, stave מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אַיָּ֤ל ʔayyˈāl אַיָּל fallow-buck וּ û וְ and צְבִי֙ ṣᵊvˌî צְבִי gazelle וְ wᵊ וְ and יַחְמ֔וּר yaḥmˈûr יַחְמוּר reebok וּ û וְ and בַרְבֻּרִ֖ים varburˌîm בַּרְבֻּר cuckoo אֲבוּסִֽים׃ ʔᵃvûsˈîm אבס fatten
4:23. decem boves pingues et viginti boves pascuales et centum arietes excepta venatione cervorum caprearum atque bubalorum et avium altiliumTen fat oxen, and twenty out of the pastures, and a hundred rams; besides venison of harts, roes, and buffles, and fatted fowls.
23. ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and an hundred sheep, beside harts, and gazelles, and roebucks, and fatted fowl.
4:23. ten fattened oxen, and twenty oxen from the pastures, and one hundred rams, aside from the venison of stags, roe deer, and gazelles, and fattened poultry.
4:23. Ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and an hundred sheep, beside harts, and roebucks, and fallowdeer, and fatted fowl.
Ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and an hundred sheep, beside harts, and roebucks, and fallowdeer, and fatted fowl:

4:23 десять волов откормленных и двадцать волов с пастбища, и сто овец, кроме оленей, и серн, и сайгаков, и откормленных птиц;
4:23
עֲשָׂרָ֨ה ʕᵃśārˌā עֲשָׂרָה ten
בָקָ֜ר vāqˈār בָּקָר cattle
בְּרִאִ֗ים bᵊriʔˈîm בָּרִיא fat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עֶשְׂרִ֥ים ʕeśrˌîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty
בָּקָ֛ר bāqˈār בָּקָר cattle
רְעִ֖י rᵊʕˌî רְעִי pasture
וּ û וְ and
מֵ֣אָה mˈēʔā מֵאָה hundred
צֹ֑אן ṣˈōn צֹאן cattle
לְ֠ lᵊ לְ to
בַד vˌaḏ בַּד linen, part, stave
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אַיָּ֤ל ʔayyˈāl אַיָּל fallow-buck
וּ û וְ and
צְבִי֙ ṣᵊvˌî צְבִי gazelle
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יַחְמ֔וּר yaḥmˈûr יַחְמוּר reebok
וּ û וְ and
בַרְבֻּרִ֖ים varburˌîm בַּרְבֻּר cuckoo
אֲבוּסִֽים׃ ʔᵃvûsˈîm אבס fatten
4:23. decem boves pingues et viginti boves pascuales et centum arietes excepta venatione cervorum caprearum atque bubalorum et avium altilium
Ten fat oxen, and twenty out of the pastures, and a hundred rams; besides venison of harts, roes, and buffles, and fatted fowls.
23. ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and an hundred sheep, beside harts, and gazelles, and roebucks, and fatted fowl.
4:23. ten fattened oxen, and twenty oxen from the pastures, and one hundred rams, aside from the venison of stags, roe deer, and gazelles, and fattened poultry.
4:23. Ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and an hundred sheep, beside harts, and roebucks, and fallowdeer, and fatted fowl.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:23: Harts ... - The exact sorts of wild land animals here intended are very uncertain. Perhaps it would be best to translate "wild-goats, gazelles, and wild oxen," which abounded in the wilder parts of Syria, from where Solomon would be supplied. (See Kg1 4:24.) (Yahmur, or the "roebuck," gives its name to a valley in a wooded district, south of Carmel (Conder).) The use of game at the royal banquets of Assyria appears in the sculptures.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:23: Ten fat: Neh 5:17, Neh 5:18
harts: Dr. Shaw understands ayil as the name of the genus, including all the species of the deer kind, whether they are distinguished by round horns, as the stag, or by flat ones, as the fallow deer, or by the smallness of the branches, as the roe.
roebucks: See note on Deu 15:22.
fallowdeer: Yachmur, rendered bubalus by the Vulgate, probably the buffalo; and though "the flesh of a buffalo does not seem so well tasted as beef, being harder and more coarse," yet in our times, "persons of distinction, as well as the common people, and even the European merchants, eat a good deal of it, in the countries where that animal abounds." Niebuhr, Descrip. de l'Arab p. 146.
John Gill
Ten fat oxen,.... Such as were kept up in the stall and fatted:
and twenty oxen out of the pastures; which were killed as they were taken from thence, and not put up to be fed:
and an hundred sheep; out of the folds:
beside harts, and roebucks, and fallow deer; which were clean creatures, according to the Levitical law, Deut 14:5; these were hunted in fields, or taken out of the park, or were presents from other countries; so that here was plenty of beef, mutton, and venison: for the spiritual application of this to the antitypical Solomon, and his provisions, see Mt 22:4;
and fatted fowl; such as we call capons (a); some Jewish writers (b), because of the likeness of sound in the word here used, take them to be Barbary fowls, or such as were brought from that country: there is a sort of birds called which were without a voice, that neither heard men, nor knew their voice (c).
(a) So David de Pomis, Tzemach David, fol. 12. 3. and some in Kimchi in loc. (b) Baal Aruch & R. Elias Levit. Tishbi, in voce (c) Scholia in Aristoph. Aves, p. 550.
John Wesley
Fat - Fatted in stalls. Out of pastures - Well fleshed, tender and good, though not so fat as the former.
4:244:24: Զի էր իշխան ամենայնի յայնկոյս գետոյն՝ ՚ի Թափսայ մինչեւ ցԳազայ, ամենայն թագաւորութեանց յայնմ կողմանէ գետոյն. եւ էր նմա խաղաղութիւն յամենայն կողմանց շուրջանակի։
24 քանզի նա իշխում էր գետից այս կողմ գտնուող բոլոր երկրների վրայ՝ Թափսայից մինչեւ Գազա, գետի այս կողմում եղած բոլոր թագաւորութիւնների վրայ: Խաղաղութիւն էր տիրում նրա երկրում ու շրջակայ բոլոր կողմերում:
24 Քանզի անիկա Գետին ասդիի կողմի՝ Թափսայէն մինչեւ Գազա՝ Գետին ասդիի կողմը եղող բոլոր թագաւորներուն վրայ կ’իշխէր ու իր բոլորտիքը եղողներուն հետ խաղաղութեամբ կ’ապրէր։
Զի էր իշխան ամենայնի յայնկոյս գետոյն` ի Թափսայ մինչեւ ցԳազա, ամենայն թագաւորութեանց յայնմ կողմանէ գետոյն. եւ էր նմա խաղաղութիւն յամենայն կողմանց շուրջանակի:

4:24: Զի էր իշխան ամենայնի յայնկոյս գետոյն՝ ՚ի Թափսայ մինչեւ ցԳազայ, ամենայն թագաւորութեանց յայնմ կողմանէ գետոյն. եւ էր նմա խաղաղութիւն յամենայն կողմանց շուրջանակի։
24 քանզի նա իշխում էր գետից այս կողմ գտնուող բոլոր երկրների վրայ՝ Թափսայից մինչեւ Գազա, գետի այս կողմում եղած բոլոր թագաւորութիւնների վրայ: Խաղաղութիւն էր տիրում նրա երկրում ու շրջակայ բոլոր կողմերում:
24 Քանզի անիկա Գետին ասդիի կողմի՝ Թափսայէն մինչեւ Գազա՝ Գետին ասդիի կողմը եղող բոլոր թագաւորներուն վրայ կ’իշխէր ու իր բոլորտիքը եղողներուն հետ խաղաղութեամբ կ’ապրէր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:244:24 ибо он владычествовал над всею землею по эту сторону реки, от Типсаха до Газы, над всеми царями по эту сторону реки, и был у него мир со всеми окрестными странами.
4:24 כִּי־ kî- כִּי that ה֞וּא hˈû הוּא he רֹדֶ֣ה׀ rōḏˈeh רדה tread, to rule בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the נָּהָ֗ר nnāhˈār נָהָר stream מִ mi מִן from תִּפְסַח֙ ttifsˌaḥ תִּפְסַח Tiphsah וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto עַזָּ֔ה ʕazzˈā עַזָּה Gaza בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole מַלְכֵ֖י malᵊḵˌê מֶלֶךְ king עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the נָּהָ֑ר nnāhˈār נָהָר stream וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁלֹ֗ום šālˈôm שָׁלֹום peace הָ֥יָה hˌāyā היה be לֹ֛ו lˈô לְ to מִ mi מִן from כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole עֲבָרָ֖יו ʕᵃvārˌāʸw עֵבֶר opposite מִ mi מִן from סָּבִֽיב׃ ssāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
4:24. ipse enim obtinebat omnem regionem quae erat trans flumen quasi a Thapsa usque Gazam et cunctos reges illarum regionum et habebat pacem ex omni parte in circuituFor he had all the country which was beyond the river, from Thaphsa to Gazan, and all the kings of those countries: and he had peace on every side round about.
24. For he had dominion over all on this side the River, from Tipsah even to Gaza, over all the kings on this side the River: and he had peace on all sides round about him.
4:24. For he had obtained the entire region which was beyond the river, from Tiphsah as far as Gaza, and all the kings of those regions. And he had peace on every side all around.
4:24. For he had dominion over all [the region] on this side the river, from Tiphsah even to Azzah, over all the kings on this side the river: and he had peace on all sides round about him.
For he had dominion over all [the region] on this side the river, from Tiphsah even to Azzah, over all the kings on this side the river: and he had peace on all sides round about him:

4:24 ибо он владычествовал над всею землею по эту сторону реки, от Типсаха до Газы, над всеми царями по эту сторону реки, и был у него мир со всеми окрестными странами.
4:24
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
ה֞וּא hˈû הוּא he
רֹדֶ֣ה׀ rōḏˈeh רדה tread, to rule
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
נָּהָ֗ר nnāhˈār נָהָר stream
מִ mi מִן from
תִּפְסַח֙ ttifsˌaḥ תִּפְסַח Tiphsah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
עַזָּ֔ה ʕazzˈā עַזָּה Gaza
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
מַלְכֵ֖י malᵊḵˌê מֶלֶךְ king
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
נָּהָ֑ר nnāhˈār נָהָר stream
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁלֹ֗ום šālˈôm שָׁלֹום peace
הָ֥יָה hˌāyā היה be
לֹ֛ו lˈô לְ to
מִ mi מִן from
כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole
עֲבָרָ֖יו ʕᵃvārˌāʸw עֵבֶר opposite
מִ mi מִן from
סָּבִֽיב׃ ssāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
4:24. ipse enim obtinebat omnem regionem quae erat trans flumen quasi a Thapsa usque Gazam et cunctos reges illarum regionum et habebat pacem ex omni parte in circuitu
For he had all the country which was beyond the river, from Thaphsa to Gazan, and all the kings of those countries: and he had peace on every side round about.
24. For he had dominion over all on this side the River, from Tipsah even to Gaza, over all the kings on this side the River: and he had peace on all sides round about him.
4:24. For he had obtained the entire region which was beyond the river, from Tiphsah as far as Gaza, and all the kings of those regions. And he had peace on every side all around.
4:24. For he had dominion over all [the region] on this side the river, from Tiphsah even to Azzah, over all the kings on this side the river: and he had peace on all sides round about him.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:24: On this side the river - i. e., the region west of the Euphrates.
Tiphsah, or Tiphsach, the place on the Euphrates called Thapsacus. The word means "ford," or "passage," being formed from פסח pâ sach, "to pass over" (compare "paschal"). It is the modern Suriyeh, forty-five miles below Balls, at the point where the Euphrates changes its course from south to southeast by east. The stream is fordable here, and nowhere else in this part of its course. Solomon's possession of Thapsacus would have been very favorable to his schemes of land commerce Kg1 9:19.
To Azzah - i. e., Gaza.
All the kings - Compare jos 12:9-24. In Philistia, small as it was, there were five kings Sa1 6:18. Syria was divided into numerous small states, as many as thirty-two kings being mentioned on one occasion Kg1 20:1. The Hittites were ruled by a great number of chieftains or princes Kg1 10:29; Kg2 7:6. twelve are mentioned in the Assyrian inscriptions.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:24: Azzah: Gen 10:19; Jdg 16:1, Gaza
all the kings: Kg1 4:21; Psa 72:8, Psa 72:11
had peace: Kg1 5:4; Ch1 22:9; Psa 72:3, Psa 72:7; Isa 9:7; Luk 2:14; Heb 7:1, Heb 7:2
Geneva 1599
For he had dominion over all [the region] on this side the river, from Tiphsah even to Azzah, over all the (h) kings on this side the river: and he had peace on all sides round about him.
(h) For they were all tributaries to him.
John Gill
For he had dominion over all the region on this side the river,.... Or beyond the river Euphrates, in the sense before given, 3Kings 4:21; which accounts for the plenty of provisions he had, and the revenue with which he supported such a table he kept:
from Tiphsah even to Azzah; or Gaza, one of the five principalities of the Philistines. Tiphsah is thought to be the Thapsacus of Pliny (d) which both he and Ptolemy (e) place near the river Euphrates, since called Amphipolis; the former places it in Syria, the latter in Arabia Deserta; and which Strabo (f), from Eratosthenes, describes as 4800 furlongs or six hundred miles from Babylon, and from the place where Mesopotamia begins not less than two thousand furlongs or two hundred and fifty miles:
over all the kings on this side the river; the river Euphrates, or beyond it, in the sense before explained, as the kings of Syria, Arabia, &c.
and he had peace on all sides round about him; in which he was a type of Christ, the Prince of peace.
(d) Nat. Hist. l. 5. c. 24. (e) Geograph. l. 5. c. 19. (f) Geograph. l. 16. p. 514.
John Wesley
Tiphsah - Either that Tiphsah, 4Kings 15:16, which was in the kingdom of Israel within Jordan; or, rather, another place of that name upon Euphrates, even that eminent city which is mentioned by Ptolemy, and Strabo, and Pliny, called Thapsarum. And this best agrees with the following: Azzah, which was the border of Canaan in the south and west, as Tiphsah was in the north and east. And so his dominion is described by both its borders. All kings - Who owned subjection, and paid tribute to him.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
from Tiphsah--that is, Thapsacus, a large and flourishing town on the west bank of the Euphrates, the name of which was derived from a celebrated ford near it, the lowest on that river.
even to Azzah--that is, Gaza, on the southwestern extremity, not far from the Mediterranean.
4:254:25: Եւ բնակեալ էր Յուդա եւ Իսրայէլ վստահութեամբ. իւրաքանչիւրոք ընդ որթով եւ ընդ թզենեաւ իւրով. ուտէին եւ ըմպէին՝ ՚ի Դանայ մինչեւ ցԲերսաբեէ զամենայն աւուրս Սողոմոնի[3475]։ [3475] Այլք. Ընդ որթով իւրով եւ ընդ թզենեաւ։
25 Սողոմոնի իշխանութեան օրօք Յուդայի երկրում եւ Իսրայէլում, Դանից մինչեւ Բերսաբէէ, մարդիկ իրենց որթատունկերի ու թզենիների տակ ապահով կեանք էին վարում, ուտում ու խմում:
25 Սողոմոնին բոլոր օրերուն մէջ՝ Յուդա ու Իսրայէլ, Դանէն մինչեւ Բերսաբէէ, իւրաքանչիւր մարդ իր որթատունկին տակ ու իր թզենիին տակ ապահովութեամբ կը նստէր։
Եւ բնակեալ էր Յուդա եւ Իսրայէլ վստահութեամբ, իւրաքանչիւր ոք ընդ որթով իւրով եւ ընդ թզենեաւ իւրով [64]ուտէին եւ ըմպէին`` ի Դանայ մինչեւ ցԲերսաբէէ զամենայն աւուրս Սողոմոնի:

4:25: Եւ բնակեալ էր Յուդա եւ Իսրայէլ վստահութեամբ. իւրաքանչիւրոք ընդ որթով եւ ընդ թզենեաւ իւրով. ուտէին եւ ըմպէին՝ ՚ի Դանայ մինչեւ ցԲերսաբեէ զամենայն աւուրս Սողոմոնի[3475]։
[3475] Այլք. Ընդ որթով իւրով եւ ընդ թզենեաւ։
25 Սողոմոնի իշխանութեան օրօք Յուդայի երկրում եւ Իսրայէլում, Դանից մինչեւ Բերսաբէէ, մարդիկ իրենց որթատունկերի ու թզենիների տակ ապահով կեանք էին վարում, ուտում ու խմում:
25 Սողոմոնին բոլոր օրերուն մէջ՝ Յուդա ու Իսրայէլ, Դանէն մինչեւ Բերսաբէէ, իւրաքանչիւր մարդ իր որթատունկին տակ ու իր թզենիին տակ ապահովութեամբ կը նստէր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:254:25 И жили Иуда и Израиль спокойно, каждый под виноградником своим и под смоковницею своею, от Дана до Вирсавии, во все дни Соломона.
4:25 וַ wa וְ and יֵּשֶׁב֩ yyēšˌev ישׁב sit יְהוּדָ֨ה yᵊhûḏˌā יְהוּדָה Judah וְ wᵊ וְ and יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel לָ lā לְ to בֶ֗טַח vˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man תַּ֤חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part גַּפְנֹו֙ gafnˌô גֶּפֶן vine וְ wᵊ וְ and תַ֣חַת ṯˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part תְּאֵֽנָתֹ֔ו tᵊʔˈēnāṯˈô תְּאֵנָה fig מִ mi מִן from דָּ֖ן ddˌān דָּן Dan וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto בְּאֵ֣ר bᵊʔˈēr בְּאֵר well שָׁ֑בַע šˈāvaʕ שֶׁבַע Sheba כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole יְמֵ֥י yᵊmˌê יֹום day שְׁלֹמֹֽה׃ ס šᵊlōmˈō . s שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
4:25. habitabatque Iudas et Israhel absque timore ullo unusquisque sub vite sua et sub ficu sua a Dan usque Bersabee cunctis diebus SalomonisAnd Juda, and Israel, dwelt without any fear, every one under his vine, and under his fig tree, from Dan to Bersabee, all the days of Solomon.
25. And Judah and Israel dwelt safely, every man under his vine and under his fig tree, from Dan even to Beer-sheba, all the days of Solomon.
4:25. And so, Judah and Israel were living without any fear, each one under his own vine and under his own fig tree, from Dan as far as Beersheba, during all the days of Solomon.
4:25. And Judah and Israel dwelt safely, every man under his vine and under his fig tree, from Dan even to Beersheba, all the days of Solomon.
And Judah and Israel dwelt safely, every man under his vine and under his fig tree, from Dan even to Beer- sheba, all the days of Solomon:

4:25 И жили Иуда и Израиль спокойно, каждый под виноградником своим и под смоковницею своею, от Дана до Вирсавии, во все дни Соломона.
4:25
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּשֶׁב֩ yyēšˌev ישׁב sit
יְהוּדָ֨ה yᵊhûḏˌā יְהוּדָה Judah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
לָ לְ to
בֶ֗טַח vˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
תַּ֤חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
גַּפְנֹו֙ gafnˌô גֶּפֶן vine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תַ֣חַת ṯˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
תְּאֵֽנָתֹ֔ו tᵊʔˈēnāṯˈô תְּאֵנָה fig
מִ mi מִן from
דָּ֖ן ddˌān דָּן Dan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
בְּאֵ֣ר bᵊʔˈēr בְּאֵר well
שָׁ֑בַע šˈāvaʕ שֶׁבַע Sheba
כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole
יְמֵ֥י yᵊmˌê יֹום day
שְׁלֹמֹֽה׃ ס šᵊlōmˈō . s שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
4:25. habitabatque Iudas et Israhel absque timore ullo unusquisque sub vite sua et sub ficu sua a Dan usque Bersabee cunctis diebus Salomonis
And Juda, and Israel, dwelt without any fear, every one under his vine, and under his fig tree, from Dan to Bersabee, all the days of Solomon.
25. And Judah and Israel dwelt safely, every man under his vine and under his fig tree, from Dan even to Beer-sheba, all the days of Solomon.
4:25. And so, Judah and Israel were living without any fear, each one under his own vine and under his own fig tree, from Dan as far as Beersheba, during all the days of Solomon.
4:25. And Judah and Israel dwelt safely, every man under his vine and under his fig tree, from Dan even to Beersheba, all the days of Solomon.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
25: (Евр. V:5). Образное изображение мирного быта евреев при Соломоне (ср. 4: Цар. XVIII:31) имеет основу в действительном устройстве восточного дома, во дворе которого обычно находились деревья, виноградные и смоковничные; впрочем, идиллия эта недоказывает того, что Израиль и при Соломоне оставался народом земледельческим: напротив, теперь именно началась у евреев торговля (IX:28; X:11, 22, 28-29). - "От Дана до Вирсавии" - с севера Палестины до южного предела ее (Суд. XX:1; 1: Цар. III:20; 2: Цар. III:10; XVII:11). Конечно, из этой картины народного довольства заимствованы были пророками черты месианского царства (Мих. IV:4; Зах. III:10).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:25: Every man under his vine - They were no longer obliged to dwell in fortified cities for fear of their enemies; they spread themselves over all the country, which they everywhere cultivated; and had always the privilege of eating the fruits of their own labors. This is the meaning of the phrase.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:26
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:25: Under his vine ... - This phrase seems to have been common among the Jews, and even among neighboring nations Kg2 18:31, to express a time of quiet and security. It is used by the prophets in descriptions of the Messianic kingdom (marginal references).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:25: safely: Heb. confidently, Isa 60:18; Jer 23:5, Jer 23:6, Jer 33:15, Jer 33:16; Eze 38:11 *marg.
every man: Kg2 18:31; Mic 4:4; Zac 3:10
from Dan: Jdg 20:1; Sa2 17:11, Sa2 24:15
Geneva 1599
And Judah and Israel dwelt safely, every man under his vine and under his fig tree, from (i) Dan even to Beersheba, all the days of Solomon.
(i) Throughout all Israel.
John Gill
And Judah and Israel dwelt safely,.... Without fear of any injury done to their persons or properties by any enemy; which is, and will be, more abundantly fulfilled in Christ, the antitype of Solomon, Jer 23:5;
every man under his vine, and under his fig tree; which were principal trees in the land of Judea, put for all the rest; and the phrase denotes the happy, safe, quiet, full, and peaceable enjoyment of all outward blessings, and is used of the times of the Messiah, Mic 4:4;
from Dan even to Beersheba; which were the two extremities of the land of Israel, north and south:
all the days of Solomon; so long this peace and safety continued, there being no wars in his time.
John Wesley
Under his vine - Enjoying the fruit of his own labour with safety and comfort. Under these two trees, which were most used and cultivated by the Israelites, he understands all other fruit - bearing trees, and all other comforts. And they are brought in as fitting or dwelling under these trees, partly for recreation or delight in the shade; and partly, for the comfort or advantage of the fruit; and withal, to note their great security, not only in their strong cities, but even in the country, where the vines and fig - trees grew, which was most open to the incursions of their enemies.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
every man under his vine and . . . fig tree--This is a common and beautiful metaphor for peace and security (Mic 4:4; Zech 3:10), founded on the practice, still common in modern Syria, of training these fruit trees up the walls and stairs of houses, so as to make a shady arbor, beneath which the people sit and relax.
4:264:26: Եւ էին Սողոմոնի քառասուն հազար մատակ ձիոց ՚ի կառս, եւ երկոտասան հազար երիվարաց։
26 Սողոմոնն ունէր քառասուն հազար մատակ լծկան ձիեր եւ տասներկու հազար երիվարներ:
26 Սողոմոն իր կառքի ձիերուն համար քառասուն հազար ախոռ ունէր ու տասներկու հազար ձիաւոր։
Եւ էին Սողոմոնի քառասուն հազար [65]մատակ ձիոց ի կառս, եւ երկոտասան հազար [66]երիվարաց:

4:26: Եւ էին Սողոմոնի քառասուն հազար մատակ ձիոց ՚ի կառս, եւ երկոտասան հազար երիվարաց։
26 Սողոմոնն ունէր քառասուն հազար մատակ լծկան ձիեր եւ տասներկու հազար երիվարներ:
26 Սողոմոն իր կառքի ձիերուն համար քառասուն հազար ախոռ ունէր ու տասներկու հազար ձիաւոր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:264:26 И было у Соломона сорок тысяч стойл для коней колесничных и двенадцать тысяч для конницы.
4:26 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be לִ li לְ to שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four אֶ֛לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand אֻרְוֹ֥ת ʔurwˌōṯ אֻרְוָה stall סוּסִ֖ים sûsˌîm סוּס horse לְ lᵊ לְ to מֶרְכָּבֹ֑ו merkāvˈô מֶרְכָּב chariot וּ û וְ and שְׁנֵים־ šᵊnêm- שְׁנַיִם two עָשָׂ֥ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen אֶ֖לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand פָּרָשִֽׁים׃ pārāšˈîm פָּרָשׁ horseman
4:26. et habebat Salomon quadraginta milia praesepia equorum currulium et duodecim milia equestriumAnd Solomon had forty thousand stalls of chariot horses, and twelve thousand for the saddle.
26. And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of horses for his chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen.
4:26. And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of chariot horses, and twelve thousand riding horses.
4:26. And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of horses for his chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen.
And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of horses for his chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen:

4:26 И было у Соломона сорок тысяч стойл для коней колесничных и двенадцать тысяч для конницы.
4:26
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be
לִ li לְ to
שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
אֶ֛לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand
אֻרְוֹ֥ת ʔurwˌōṯ אֻרְוָה stall
סוּסִ֖ים sûsˌîm סוּס horse
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מֶרְכָּבֹ֑ו merkāvˈô מֶרְכָּב chariot
וּ û וְ and
שְׁנֵים־ šᵊnêm- שְׁנַיִם two
עָשָׂ֥ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen
אֶ֖לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand
פָּרָשִֽׁים׃ pārāšˈîm פָּרָשׁ horseman
4:26. et habebat Salomon quadraginta milia praesepia equorum currulium et duodecim milia equestrium
And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of chariot horses, and twelve thousand for the saddle.
26. And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of horses for his chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen.
4:26. And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of chariot horses, and twelve thousand riding horses.
4:26. And Solomon had forty thousand stalls of horses for his chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26: 40: 000: стойл для коней (урот сусим, Vulg.: "praesipia equorum"; а LXX, слав. иначе: τοκάδες, "кобылиц"), вероятно, ошибочная цифра: по X:26, - 1: 400: колесниц, след., и стойл было около того.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:26: Solomon had forty thousand stalls of horses - and twelve thousand horsemen - In Ch2 9:25, instead of forty thousand stalls, we read four thousand; and even this number might be quite sufficient to hold horses for twelve thousand horsemen; for stalls and stables may be here synonymous. In Kg1 10:26 it is said he had one thousand four hundred chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen; and this is the reading in Ch2 1:14. In Ch2 9:25, already quoted, instead of forty thousand stalls for horses, the Septuagint has τεσσαρες χιλιαδες θηλειαι ἱπποι, four thousand mares; and in this place the whole verse is omitted both by the Syriac and Arabic. In the Targum of Rabbi Joseph on this book we have ארבע מאה arba meah, four hundred, instead of the four thousand in Chronicles, and the forty thousand in the text. From this collation of parallel places we may rest satisfied that there is a corruption in the numbers somewhere; and as a sort of medium, we may take for the whole four thousand stalls, one thousand four hundred chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:28
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:26: In Ch2 9:25, the number of stalls for Solomon's chariot horses is stated at 4, 000, instead of 40, 000. The number in the present passage is probably a corruption. Solomon's chariots were but 1, 400 Kg1 10:26; Ch2 1:14, for which 40, 000 horses could not possibly be required. The Assyrian chariots had at most three horses apiece, while some had only two. 4, 000 horses would supply the full team of three to 1, 200, and the smaller team of two to 200 chariots. The number 4, 000 is in due proportion to the 12, 000 horses for cavalry, and is in accordance with all that we know of the military establishments of the time and country. Compare Ch2 12:3; Sa2 8:4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:26: forty thousand: Kg1 10:25, Kg1 10:26; Deu 17:16; Sa2 8:4; Ch2 1:14, Ch2 9:25; Psa 20:7
John Gill
And Solomon had forty thousand stalls for horses,.... In 2Chron 9:25; it is only four thousand; and therefore some think that here is a mistake of the copier, of "arbaim", forty, for "arbah", four; which it is thought might be through divine permission, in such lesser matters, without any prejudice to the authority of the Scriptures in matters of faith and practice; but without supposing this, a reconciliation may be made, by observing, that here the writer, as Ben Gersom notes, gives the number of the horses that were in the stables, which were forty thousand, there the stables themselves, which were four thousand, ten horses in a stable; or here he numbers the stalls, which were forty thousand, and there the stables, which were four thousand, there being ten stalls in each; and the word there has the letter "yod" in it more than here, which is the numerical letter for "ten", and may point thereunto; or here the writer speaks of all the stalls for horses Solomon had throughout the kingdom, there of those only he had in Jerusalem. Benjamin of Tudela (g) affirms, that these stalls, or stables, which Solomon built very strong of large stones, are still in being in Jerusalem, and that there is no building to be seen like it any where; but no other writer speaks of them; nor is it at all probable that they should remain:
for his chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen; some of the said stalls of horses were for his chariots, to draw in them for various uses, of which had 1400, 3Kings 10:26; and others to mount twelve thousand horsemen, who were placed in various parts, to defend kingdom.
(g) Itinerar. p. 43.
John Wesley
Forty thousand - In 2Chron 9:25, it is but four thousand. But it is not exactly the same Hebrew word which is here and there, though we translate both stalls; and therefore there may well be allowed some difference in the signification, the one signifying properly stables, of which there were four thousand, the other stalls or partitions for each horse, which were forty thousand. Chariots - Both for his military chariots, which seem to be those fourteen hundred, 3Kings 10:26, and for divers other uses, as about his great and various buildings, and merchandises, and other occasions, which might require some thousands of other chariots. Horsemen - Appointed partly for the defence of his people in peace; and partly for attendance upon his person, and for the splendor of his government.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
forty thousand stalls--for the royal mews (see on 2Chron 9:25).
4:274:27: Եւ տային այնպէս ռոճիկ գործակալքն արքայի Սողոմոնի. եւ զամենայն հրամանս սեղանոյն արքայի՝ զիւրաքանչիւր ամիս. եւ ո՛չ սխալէին բան մի։
27 Գործակալները Սողոմոն արքային ամէն ամիս պարէն էին մատակարարում, արքայի սեղանից ոչ մի բան չէր պակասում:
27 Այն գործակալները, ամէն մէկը իր ամսուան մէջ, Սողոմոն թագաւորը ու Սողոմոն թագաւորին սեղանին բոլոր մօտեցողները կը կերակրէին՝ բան մը պակաս չընելով.
Եւ տային [67]այնպէս ռոճիկ գործակալքն արքայի Սողոմոնի, եւ զամենայն հրամանս սեղանոյն արքայի`` զիւրաքանչիւր ամիս, եւ ոչ սխալէին բան մի:

4:27: Եւ տային այնպէս ռոճիկ գործակալքն արքայի Սողոմոնի. եւ զամենայն հրամանս սեղանոյն արքայի՝ զիւրաքանչիւր ամիս. եւ ո՛չ սխալէին բան մի։
27 Գործակալները Սողոմոն արքային ամէն ամիս պարէն էին մատակարարում, արքայի սեղանից ոչ մի բան չէր պակասում:
27 Այն գործակալները, ամէն մէկը իր ամսուան մէջ, Սողոմոն թագաւորը ու Սողոմոն թագաւորին սեղանին բոլոր մօտեցողները կը կերակրէին՝ բան մը պակաս չընելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:274:27 И те приставники доставляли царю Соломону все принадлежащее к столу царя, каждый в свой месяц, и не допускали недостатка ни в чем.
4:27 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִלְכְּלוּ֩ ḵilkᵊlˌû כול comprehend הַ ha הַ the נִּצָּבִ֨ים nniṣṣāvˌîm נצב stand הָ hā הַ the אֵ֜לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֣לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֧ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the קָּרֵ֛ב qqārˈēv קָרֵב approaching אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to שֻׁלְחַ֥ן šulḥˌan שֻׁלְחָן table הַ ha הַ the מֶּֽלֶךְ־ mmˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man חָדְשֹׁ֑ו ḥoḏšˈô חֹדֶשׁ month לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יְעַדְּר֖וּ yᵊʕaddᵊrˌû עדר be missing דָּבָֽר׃ dāvˈār דָּבָר word
4:27. nutriebantque eos supradicti regis praefecti sed et necessaria mensae regis Salomonis cum ingenti cura praebebant in tempore suoAnd the foresaid governors of the king fed them; and they furnished the necessaries also for king Solomon's table, with great care, in their time.
27. And those officers provided victual for king Solomon, and for all that came unto king Solomon’s table, every man in his month: they let nothing be lacking.
4:27. And the above-stated commanders of the king nourished these. And they also offered the necessities for the table of king Solomon, with immense diligence, each in his time.
4:27. And those officers provided victual for king Solomon, and for all that came unto king Solomon’s table, every man in his month: they lacked nothing.
And those officers provided victual for king Solomon, and for all that came unto king Solomon' s table, every man in his month: they lacked nothing:

4:27 И те приставники доставляли царю Соломону все принадлежащее к столу царя, каждый в свой месяц, и не допускали недостатка ни в чем.
4:27
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִלְכְּלוּ֩ ḵilkᵊlˌû כול comprehend
הַ ha הַ the
נִּצָּבִ֨ים nniṣṣāvˌîm נצב stand
הָ הַ the
אֵ֜לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֣לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֧ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
קָּרֵ֛ב qqārˈēv קָרֵב approaching
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
שֻׁלְחַ֥ן šulḥˌan שֻׁלְחָן table
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּֽלֶךְ־ mmˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
חָדְשֹׁ֑ו ḥoḏšˈô חֹדֶשׁ month
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יְעַדְּר֖וּ yᵊʕaddᵊrˌû עדר be missing
דָּבָֽר׃ dāvˈār דָּבָר word
4:27. nutriebantque eos supradicti regis praefecti sed et necessaria mensae regis Salomonis cum ingenti cura praebebant in tempore suo
And the foresaid governors of the king fed them; and they furnished the necessaries also for king Solomon's table, with great care, in their time.
27. And those officers provided victual for king Solomon, and for all that came unto king Solomon’s table, every man in his month: they let nothing be lacking.
4:27. And the above-stated commanders of the king nourished these. And they also offered the necessities for the table of king Solomon, with immense diligence, each in his time.
4:27. And those officers provided victual for king Solomon, and for all that came unto king Solomon’s table, every man in his month: they lacked nothing.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27-28: Частнее говорится о том, что доставляли двору Соломона "приставники" (ст. 7: сл.) . - "На место, где находился царь": евр. т. не имеет последнего слова, вставляемого LXX, Vulg., слав. -русск. Вставка не имеет оснований: нельзя предположить, что царь в своих путешествиях по стране перевозил с собою и весь штат придворный и всю конницу; по X:26: и по И. Флав. (Древн. VIII, 2, 3), конница была размещена по отдельным городам. Умножение коней и колесниц у Соломона шло явно вразрез с нарочитым запрещением закона (Втор. XVII:16).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:27: those officers: Kg1 4:7-19
John Gill
And these officers provided victuals for King Solomon,.... The twelve before mentioned; and this is repeated here, after the account of his horses, to observe, that they provided for them also, as well as for the sake of what follows; that the large provision made by them was not only for Solomon's family and domestic servants, but for strangers from different arts, who came upon messages to him, or to visit him, and to behold the splendour of his court:
and for all that came to Solomon's table; which was an open table for all comers, as there were some from all parts of the earth, 3Kings 4:34;
every man in his month; each of the twelve officers provided food in the month assigned to him:
they lacked nothing; they always had enough to supply the king with, and they failed not in the performance of their duty, nor came short of their salaries, being fully and punctually paid them.
John Wesley
The officers - Named above. They lacked - Or rather, they suffered nothing to be lacking to any man that came thither, but plentifully provided all things necessary.
4:284:28: Նոյնպէս եւ զգարին եւ զյարդն երիվարացն՝ եւ կառամտացն, բերէին ՚ի տեղին ուր է՛ր արքայ՝ իւրաքանչի՛ւրոք ըստ սակի՛ իւրում։
28 Որտեղ որ գտնւում էր արքան, ըստ իւրաքանչիւրի վրայ դրուած հարկի, այնտեղ էին բերում նաեւ գարի ու յարդ նժոյգների եւ լծկան ձիերի համար:
28 Նաեւ ձիերուն ու երիվարներուն համար, անոնց եղած տեղը, ամէն մէկը իր վրայ դրուած հարկին չափովը գարի ու յարդ կը բերէր։
Նոյնպէս եւ զգարին եւ զյարդն [68]երիվարացն եւ կառամտացն`` բերէին ի տեղին ուր [69]էր արքայ`` իւրաքանչիւր ոք ըստ սակի իւրում:

4:28: Նոյնպէս եւ զգարին եւ զյարդն երիվարացն՝ եւ կառամտացն, բերէին ՚ի տեղին ուր է՛ր արքայ՝ իւրաքանչի՛ւրոք ըստ սակի՛ իւրում։
28 Որտեղ որ գտնւում էր արքան, ըստ իւրաքանչիւրի վրայ դրուած հարկի, այնտեղ էին բերում նաեւ գարի ու յարդ նժոյգների եւ լծկան ձիերի համար:
28 Նաեւ ձիերուն ու երիվարներուն համար, անոնց եղած տեղը, ամէն մէկը իր վրայ դրուած հարկին չափովը գարի ու յարդ կը բերէր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:284:28 И ячмень и солому для коней и для мулов доставляли каждый в свою очередь на место, где находился царь.
4:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the שְּׂעֹרִ֣ים śśᵊʕōrˈîm שְׂעֹרָה barley וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the תֶּ֔בֶן ttˈeven תֶּבֶן straw לַ la לְ to † הַ the סּוּסִ֖ים ssûsˌîm סוּס horse וְ wᵊ וְ and לָ lā לְ to † הַ the רָ֑כֶשׁ rˈāḵeš רֶכֶשׁ span יָבִ֗אוּ yāvˈiʔû בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the מָּקֹום֙ mmāqôm מָקֹום place אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִֽהְיֶה־ yˈihyeh- היה be שָּׁ֔ם ššˈām שָׁם there אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man כְּ kᵊ כְּ as מִשְׁפָּטֹֽו׃ ס mišpāṭˈô . s מִשְׁפָּט justice
4:28. hordeum quoque et paleas equorum et iumentorum deferebant in locum ubi erat rex iuxta constitutum sibiThey brought barley also, and straw for the horses and beasts, to the place where the king was, according as it was appointed them.
28. Barley also and straw for the horses and swift steeds brought they unto the place where were, every man according to his charge.
4:28. Also, they brought barley and straw for the horses and beasts of burden, to the place where the king was, just as it was appointed to them.
4:28. Barley also and straw for the horses and dromedaries brought they unto the place where [the officers] were, every man according to his charge.
Barley also and straw for the horses and dromedaries brought they unto the place where [the officers] were, every man according to his charge:

4:28 И ячмень и солому для коней и для мулов доставляли каждый в свою очередь на место, где находился царь.
4:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׂעֹרִ֣ים śśᵊʕōrˈîm שְׂעֹרָה barley
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
תֶּ֔בֶן ttˈeven תֶּבֶן straw
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
סּוּסִ֖ים ssûsˌîm סוּס horse
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לָ לְ to
הַ the
רָ֑כֶשׁ rˈāḵeš רֶכֶשׁ span
יָבִ֗אוּ yāvˈiʔû בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
מָּקֹום֙ mmāqôm מָקֹום place
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִֽהְיֶה־ yˈihyeh- היה be
שָּׁ֔ם ššˈām שָׁם there
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
מִשְׁפָּטֹֽו׃ ס mišpāṭˈô . s מִשְׁפָּט justice
4:28. hordeum quoque et paleas equorum et iumentorum deferebant in locum ubi erat rex iuxta constitutum sibi
They brought barley also, and straw for the horses and beasts, to the place where the king was, according as it was appointed them.
28. Barley also and straw for the horses and swift steeds brought they unto the place where were, every man according to his charge.
4:28. Also, they brought barley and straw for the horses and beasts of burden, to the place where the king was, just as it was appointed to them.
4:28. Barley also and straw for the horses and dromedaries brought they unto the place where [the officers] were, every man according to his charge.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:28: And dromedaries - The word רכש rechesh, which we translate thus, is rendered beasts, or beasts of burden, by the Vulgate; mares by the Syriac and Arabic; chariots by the Septuagint; and race-horses by the Chaldee. The original word seems to signify a very swift kind of horse, and race-horse or post-horse is probably its true meaning. To communicate with so many distant provinces, Solomon had need of many animals of this kind.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:29
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:28: Barley is to this day in the East the common food of horses.
Dromedaries - Coursers. The animal intended is neither a camel nor a mule, but a swift horse.
The place where the officers were - Rather, "places where the horses and coursers were," i. e., to the different cities where they were lodged.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:28: dromedaries: or, mules, or swift beasts, Est 8:10, Est 8:14; Mic 1:13
John Gill
Barley also, and straw for the horses and dromedaries,.... Or rather mules, by comparing the passage with 2Chron 9:24; the particular kind of creatures meant is not agreed on; though all take them to be a swifter sort of creatures than horses; or the swifter of horses, as race horses or posts horses: barley was for their provender, that being the common food of horses in those times and countries, and in others, as Bochart (h) has shown from various writers; and in the Misnah (i) it is called the food of beasts; and Solomon is said to have every day his own horses two hundred thousand Neapolitan measures of called "tomboli" (k); so the Roman soldiers, the horse were allowed a certain quantity of barley for their horses every morning, and sometimes they had money instead of it, which they therefore called "hordiarium" (l) and the "straw" was for the litter of them: these
brought they unto the place; where the officers were; not where the king was, as the Vulgate Latin version; where Solomon was, as the Arabic version, that is, in Jerusalem; nor
where the officers were; in their respective jurisdictions, as our version supplies it, which would be bringing them to themselves; but to the place where the beasts were, whether in Jerusalem, or in any, other parts of the kingdom:
every man according to his charge: which he was monthly to perform.
(h) Hierozoic. par. 1. l. 2. c. 9. col. 158, 159. Vid. Homer. Iliad. 4. ver. 196. and Iliad. 8. ver. 560. (i) Sotah, c. 2. sect. 1. (k) Shalshalet Hakabala, fol. 10. 2. (l) Vid. Valtrinum de re Militar. Roman. l. 3. c. 15. p. 236.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Barley . . . and straw--Straw is not used for litter, but barley mixed with chopped straw is the usual fodder of horses.
dromedaries--one-humped camels, distinguished for their great fleetness.
4:294:29: Եւ ե՛տ Տէր իմաստութիւն Սողոմոնի՝ եւ հանճար բազում յոյժ, եւ զեղումն սրտի իբրեւ զաւա՛զ առ եզեր ծովու[3476]։ [3476] Ոմանք. Առ եզր ծովու։
29 Տէրը Սողոմոնին տուեց ընդունակութիւն, շատ խոր իմաստնութիւն, ծովեզերքի աւազի չափ լայնախոհ սիրտ:
29 Աստուած Սողոմոնին իմաստութիւն ու խիստ շատ հանճար եւ սրտի լիութիւն տուաւ՝ ծովուն եզերքը եղող աւազին չափ։
Եւ ետ [70]Տէր իմաստութիւն Սողոմոնի եւ հանճար բազում յոյժ, եւ զեղումն սրտի իբրեւ զաւազ առ եզեր ծովու:

4:29: Եւ ե՛տ Տէր իմաստութիւն Սողոմոնի՝ եւ հանճար բազում յոյժ, եւ զեղումն սրտի իբրեւ զաւա՛զ առ եզեր ծովու[3476]։
[3476] Ոմանք. Առ եզր ծովու։
29 Տէրը Սողոմոնին տուեց ընդունակութիւն, շատ խոր իմաստնութիւն, ծովեզերքի աւազի չափ լայնախոհ սիրտ:
29 Աստուած Սողոմոնին իմաստութիւն ու խիստ շատ հանճար եւ սրտի լիութիւն տուաւ՝ ծովուն եզերքը եղող աւազին չափ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:294:29 И дал Бог Соломону мудрость и весьма великий разум, и обширный ум, как песок на берегу моря.
4:29 וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּן֩ yyittˌēn נתן give אֱלֹהִ֨ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) חָכְמָ֧ה ḥoḵmˈā חָכְמָה wisdom לִ li לְ to שְׁלֹמֹ֛ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon וּ û וְ and תְבוּנָ֖ה ṯᵊvûnˌā תְּבוּנָה understanding הַרְבֵּ֣ה harbˈē רבה be many מְאֹ֑ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might וְ wᵊ וְ and רֹ֣חַב rˈōḥav רֹחַב breadth לֵ֔ב lˈēv לֵב heart כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the חֹ֕ול ḥˈôl חֹול sand אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂפַ֥ת śᵊfˌaṯ שָׂפָה lip הַ ha הַ the יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
4:29. dedit quoque Deus sapientiam Salomoni et prudentiam multam nimis et latitudinem cordis quasi harenam quae est in litore marisAnd God gave to Solomon wisdom, and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, as the sand that is on the sea shore.
29. And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore.
4:29. And God gave wisdom to Solomon, and an exceedingly great prudence, and a spacious heart, like the sand which is on the shore of the sea.
4:29. And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that [is] on the sea shore.
And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that [is] on the sea shore:

4:29 И дал Бог Соломону мудрость и весьма великий разум, и обширный ум, как песок на берегу моря.
4:29
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּן֩ yyittˌēn נתן give
אֱלֹהִ֨ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
חָכְמָ֧ה ḥoḵmˈā חָכְמָה wisdom
לִ li לְ to
שְׁלֹמֹ֛ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
וּ û וְ and
תְבוּנָ֖ה ṯᵊvûnˌā תְּבוּנָה understanding
הַרְבֵּ֣ה harbˈē רבה be many
מְאֹ֑ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רֹ֣חַב rˈōḥav רֹחַב breadth
לֵ֔ב lˈēv לֵב heart
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
חֹ֕ול ḥˈôl חֹול sand
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂפַ֥ת śᵊfˌaṯ שָׂפָה lip
הַ ha הַ the
יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
4:29. dedit quoque Deus sapientiam Salomoni et prudentiam multam nimis et latitudinem cordis quasi harenam quae est in litore maris
And God gave to Solomon wisdom, and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, as the sand that is on the sea shore.
29. And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore.
4:29. And God gave wisdom to Solomon, and an exceedingly great prudence, and a spacious heart, like the sand which is on the shore of the sea.
4:29. And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that [is] on the sea shore.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29-34: Доселе была речь об органах правления Соломона и внешних чертах его быта. Теперь говорится о самом Соломоне и его чрезвычайной мудрости - не в смысле только практической, напр., судейской мудрости (ср. III:16: сл.) , но и в смысле религиозной мудрости жизни (хокма), остроты, проницательности разумения (тебуна), широты умственного кругозора (рохав-лев) - способности обнимать умом самые разнородные предметы. Мудростью Соломон превосходил всех "сынов востока" (бене-кодем, Vulg.: "orientalium"; LXX, слав.: αρχαίων ανθρώπων, "древних человек"; так и И. Флав., но сопоставление "древних" и Египта было бы неуместно): восточные племена: арабские, сирские, халдейские, славились своей приточной мудростью (Иер. XLIX:7; Авд 9; Варух III:22-23); Египет славился естествознанием, и мудрость его в этом отношении вошла в поговорку (Ис. XIX:11; Деян. VII:22; И. Флав.: Древн. VIII, 2, 5). - Из самого народа еврейского "в то время славились некоторые мудростию; почему писатель упомянул о них, назвав поименно" (блаж. Феодорит, вопр. 17), таковы: "Бефан (LXX: Γαιθάν, слав.: "Гефан"), Еман, Xалкол и Дарда". Все эти лица (с добавлением некоего Зимри) названы в 1: Пар. II:6: сыновьями Зары (евр. Зерах, откуда и название Емана и Ефана - Езрахитяне). Ефан и Еман были левиты - певцы (1: Пар. XV:17-19), кроме того, надписание имени первого стоит в заголовке Пс. LXXXVIII (Евр. 89), а второго - Ис. LXXXVII (Евр. 88). Вероятно, певцами и поэтами были и Xалкол и Дарда. В соответствии с тремя названными категориями мудрецов стоит указание произведений мудрости Соломона: 1) притчи, 2) песни и 3) произведения по естественной истории. Притча, евр. "машал", греч. παραβολή, παροιμία - краткое выразительное изречение, сжато выражающее мысль, применимую ко многим случаям жизни, - изречение, имеющее большей частью дидактическую цель (Притч. I:1-8; X:1; XXV:1; XXVI:7, 9; Еккл. XII:9; Иов XIII:12; XXVII:1). Круглое и определенное число Соломоновых притч 3000: показывает, что они были записаны в книгу, но библейская книга Притчей (Мишле) Соломоновых может заключать лишь незначительную часть всех притчей Соломона (в кн. Притчей всего 915: стихов), следовательно, остальные не сохранились. Еще менее сохранилось из песней (шир, ωδή, carmen) Соломона, которых было 1005: (по LXX слав. - 5000): кн. Песнь Песней (шир-га-ширим) представляет Соломона действующим лицом, а не есть чисто лирическое произведение его вдохновения; принадлежность Соломону надписываемых его именем псалмов LXXI и CXXVI (евр. 72: и 127) оспаривается на том основании, что надписание это указывает не на авторство Соломона, а на посвящение их ему (в новое время толкователи считают Соломона писателем песней II и CXXXI). Во всяком случае, Соломон заявил себя творчеством в двух основных типах древнееврейской поэзии: дидактической (машал) и лирической (шир). Но мудрость Соломона выразилась не только в духовном, религиозно-нравоучительном творчестве, но и в естествоведении - сведениях по ботанике и зоологии. В первой - "от кедра до иссопа" (еzоb, ύσσωπος, ср. Исх. XII:22; Лев. XIV:4, 6; Чис. XIX:6, 18; Пс. L:9; в рассматриваемом месте, может быть, мох); во второй - о всех четырех категориях животного царства, признававшихся древними евреями: четвероногих, птицах, пресмыкающихся, рыбах (см. Быт. VI:20; VII:8). Так, "Соломон описал свойства и силы трав, деревьев и даже бессловесных животных. Отсюда весьма многое заимствовали и написавшие врачебные книги, написанное Соломоном приняв для себя первым источником" (блаж. Феодорит, вопр. 18). Конечно, точные размеры знаний Соломона по ботанике и зоологии неизвестны (ср. Притч. VII:17). Приписываемое Соломону И. Флавием (Древн. VIII, 2, 5) искусство входит в общение с демонами на пользу людям, а также заклинания и волшебные формулы с именем Соломона (Иуд. война I, 32, 2; II, 6, 3; VII, 6, 3) относятся уже к области мифологии, нашедшей полное развитие в Талмуде (тракт. "Гиттин") и затем в Коране (гл. 27, ст. 15: сл.: по Корану, Соломон понимал язык демонов, зверей, птиц, муравьев). Вся вообще мистическая литература Востока ставила себя в генетическую связь с именем Соломона. Мудрость Соломона привлекала к нему не только соотечественников, но и иноземцев, даже царей, как царица Савская (ст. 34, сн. X:1).
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Solomon's Distinguished Reputation. B. C. 1014.

29 And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. 30 And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. 31 For he was wiser than all men; than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. 32 And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. 33 And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. 34 And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom.
Solomon's wisdom was more his glory than his wealth, and here we have a general account of it.
I. The fountain of his wisdom: God gave it him, v. 29. He owns it himself. Prov. ii. 6, The Lord giveth wisdom. He gives the powers of reason (Job xxxviii. 36), preserves and improves them. The ordinary advances of them are owing to his providence, the sanctification of them to his grace, and this extraordinary pitch at which they arrived in Solomon to a special grant of his favour to him in answer to prayer.
II. The fulness of it: He had wisdom and understanding, exceeding much, great knowledge of distant countries and the histories of former times, a quickness of thought, strength of memory, and clearness of judgment, such as never any man had. It is called largeness of heart; for the heart is often put for the intellectual powers. He had a vast compass of knowledge, could take things entire, and had an admirable faculty of laying things together. Some, by his largeness of heart, understand his courage and boldness, and that great assurance with which he delivered his dictates and determinations. Or it may be meant of his disposition to do good with his knowledge. He was very free and communicative, had the gift of utterance as well as wisdom, was as free of his learning as he was of his meat, and grudged neither to any that were about him. Note, It is very desirable that those who have large gifts of any kind should have large hearts to use them for the good of others; and this is from the hand of God, Eccl. ii. 24. He shall enlarge the heart, Ps. cxix. 32. The greatness of Solomon's wisdom is illustrated by comparison. Chaldea and Egypt were nations famous for learning; thence the Greeks borrowed theirs; but the greatest scholars of these nations came short of Solomon, v. 30. If nature excels art, much more does grace. The knowledge which God gives by special favour goes beyond that which man gets by his own labour. Some wise men there were in Solomon's time, who were in great repute, particularly Heman, and others who were Levites, and employed by David in the temple-music, 1 Chron. xv. 19. Heman was his seer in the word of God, 1 Chron. xxv. 5. Chalcol and Darda were own brothers, and they also were noted for learning and wisdom. But Solomon excelled them all (v. 30), he out-did them and confounded them; his counsel was much more valuable.
III. The fame of it. It was talked of in all nations round about. His great wealth and glory made his wisdom much more illustrious, and have him those opportunities of showing it which those cannot have that live in poverty and obscurity. The jewel of wisdom may receive great advantage by the setting of it.
IV. The fruits of it; by these the tree is known: he did not bury his talent, but showed his wisdom,
1. In his compositions. Those in divinity, written by divine inspiration, are not mentioned here, for they are extant, and will remain to the world's end monuments of his wisdom, and are, as other parts of scripture, of use to make us wise unto salvation. But, besides these, it appears by what he spoke, or dictated to be written from him, (1.) That he was a moralist, and a man of great prudence, for he spoke 3000 proverbs, wise sayings, apophthegms, of admirable use for the conduct of human life. The world is much governed by proverbs, and was never better furnished with useful ones than by Solomon. Whether those proverbs of Solomon that we have were any part of the 3000 is uncertain. (2.) That he was a poet and a man of great wit: His songs were 1005, of which one only is extant, because that only was divinely inspired, which is therefore called his Song of songs. His wise instructions were communicated by proverbs, that they might be familiar to those whom he designed to teach and ready on all occasions, and by songs, that they might be pleasant and move the affections. (3.) That he was a natural philosopher, and a man of great learning and insight into the mysteries of nature. From his own and others' observations and experience, he wrote both of plants and animals (v. 33), descriptions of their natures and qualities, and (some think) of the medicinal use of them.
2. In his conversation. There came persons from all parts, who were more inquisitive after knowledge than their neighbours, to hear the wisdom of Solomon, v. 34. Kings that had heard of it sent their ambassadors to hear it and to bring them instructions from it. Solomon's court was the staple of learning, and the rendezvous of philosophers, that is, the lovers of wisdom, who all came to light their candle at his lamp and to borrow from him. Let those who magnify the modern learning above that of the ancients produce such a treasure of knowledge any where in these latter ages as that was which Solomon was master of; yet this puts an honour upon human learning, that Solomon was praised for it, and recommends it to the great men of the earth, as well worthy their diligent search. But,
Lastly, Solomon was, herein, a type of Christ, in whom are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, and hidden for use; for he is made of God to us wisdom.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:29: God gave Solomon wisdom, etc. - He gave him a capacious mind, and furnished him with extraordinary assistance to cultivate it.
Even as the sand that is on the sea-shore - Lord Bacon observes on this: "As the sand on the sea-shore encloses a great body of waters, so Solomon's mind contained an ocean of knowledge." This is a happy and correct illustration.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:30
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:29: Largeness of heart - What we call "great capacity." The expression which follows is common in reference to numerical multitude Kg1 4:20, but its use here to express mere amplitude or greatness is unique.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:29: God: Kg1 3:12, Kg1 3:28, Kg1 10:23, Kg1 10:24; Ch2 1:10-12; Psa 119:34; Pro 2:6; Ecc 1:16, Ecc 2:26; Jam 1:5, Jam 1:17, Jam 3:17
largeness: Isa 60:5
as the sand: Kg1 4:20; Gen 41:49; Jdg 7:12; Jer 33:22; Hab 1:9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Solomon's Wisdom. - 3Kings 4:29. According to His promise in 3Kings 3:12, God gave Solomon wisdom and very much insight and לב רחב, "breadth of heart," i.e., a comprehensive understanding, as sand by the sea-shore, - a proverbial expression for an innumerable multitude, or great abundance (cf. 3Kings 4:20; Gen 41:49; Josh 11:4, etc.). חכמה signifies rather practical wisdom, ability to decide what is the judicious and useful course to pursue; תּבוּנה, rather keenness of understanding to arrive at the correct solution of difficult and complicated problems; לב רחב, mental capacity to embrace the most diverse departments of knowledge.
3Kings 4:30
His wisdom was greater than the wisdom of all the sons of the East, and all the wisdom of the Egyptians. קרם בּני (sons of the East) are generally the Arabian tribes dwelling in the east of Canaan, who spread as far as to the Euphrates (cf. Judg 6:3, Judg 6:33; Judg 7:12; Judg 8:10; Job 1:3; Is 11:14, etc.). Hence we find קרם ארץ used in Gen 25:6 to denote Arabia in the widest sense, on the east and south-east of Palestine; whereas in Gen 29:1 קרם בּני ארץ signifies the land beyond the Euphrates, viz., Mesopotamia, and in Num 23:7, קרם הררי, the mountains of Mesopotamia. Consequently by "the sons of the East" we are to understand here primarily the Arabians, who were celebrated for their gnomic wisdom, more especially the Sabaeans (see at 1 Kings 10), including the Idumaeans, particularly the Temanites (Jer 49:7; Obad 1:8); but also, as כּל requires, the Chaldaeans, who were celebrated both for their astronomy and astrology. "All the wisdom of the Egyptians," because the wisdom of the Egyptians, which was so greatly renowned as almost to have become proverbial (cf. Is 19:11; Is 31:2, and Acts 7:22; Joseph. Ant. viii. 2, 5; Herod. ii. 160), extended over the most diverse branches of knowledge, such as geometry, arithmetic, astronomy, and astrology (Diod. Sic. i. 73 and 81), and as their skill in the preparation of ointments from vegetable and animal sources, and their extensive acquaintance with medicine, clearly prove, embraced natural science as well, in which Solomon, according to 3Kings 4:33, was very learned.
3Kings 4:31
"He was wiser than all men (of his time), than Ethan the Ezrachite and Heman, Chalcol and Darda, the sons of Machol." These four persons are most probably the same as the "sons of Zerach" (Ethan, Heman, Calcol, and Dara) mentioned in 1Chron 2:6, since the names perfectly agree, with the exception of דּרע for דּרדּע, where the difference is no doubt attributable to a copyist's error; although, as the name does not occur again, it cannot be decided whether Dara or Darda is the correct form. Heman and Ethan are also called Ezrachites (האזרחי) in Ps 88:1 and Ps 89:1; and אזרחי is another form of זרחי, the name of the family of Zerach the son of Judah (Num 26:13, Num 26:20), lengthened by א prosthet. But they were both Levites - Heman a Korahite of the line of Kohath and a grandson of Samuel (1Chron 6:18-19), and Ethan a Merarite (1Chron 6:29-32; 1Chron 15:17) and the president of the Levitical vocal choirs in the time of David (1Chron 15:19); and Heman was also "the king's seer in the words of God" (1Chron 25:5). Their Levitical descent is not at variance with the epithet Ezrachite. For as the Levite in Judg 17:7 is spoken of as belonging to the family of Judah, because he dwelt in Bethlehem of Judah, and as Samuel's father, Elkanah the Levite, is called an Ephraimite in 1Kings 1:1, because in his civil capacity he was incorporated into the tribe of Ephraim, so Heman and Ethan are called Ezrachites because they were incorporated into the Judaean family of Zerach. It by no means follows from 1Chron 2:6 that they were lineal descendants of Zerach. The whole character of the genealogical fragment contained in 1Chron 2:6. shows very clearly that it does not give the lineal posterity of Zerach with genealogical exactness, but that certain persons and households of that family who had gained historical renown are grouped together without any more precise account of their lineal descent. Calcol and Darda (or Dara) are never met with again. It is no doubt to these two that the expression מחול בּני refers, though it cannot be determined whether מחול is a proper name or an appellative noun. In support of the appellative meaning, "sons of the dance," in the sense of sacras choreas ducendi periti, Hiller (in the Onomast. p. 872) appeals to Eccles 12:4, "daughters of song." - "And his name was," i.e., he was celebrated, "among all the nations round about" (cf. 3Kings 10:1, 3Kings 10:23-24).
3Kings 4:32
"He spoke three thousand proverbs, and there were a thousand and five of his songs." Of these proverbs we possess a comparatively small portion in the book of Proverbs, probably a selection of the best of his proverbs; but of the songs, besides the Song of Songs, we have only two psalms, viz., Ps 72 and Ps 127:1-5, which have his name, and justly bear it.
3Kings 4:33
"And he spoke of trees, from the cedar on Lebanon to the hyssop which grows upon the wall." The cedar and hyssop are placed in antithesis, the former as the largest and most glorious of trees, the latter as the smallest and most insignificant of plants, to embrace the whole of the vegetable kingdom. Thenius maintains that by אזוב we are not to understand the true hyssop, nor the Wohlgemuth or Dosten (ὀρίγανον), according to the ordinary view (see at Ex 12:22), because they are neither of them such small plants as we should expect in an antithesis to the cedar, but "one of the wall-mosses growing in tufts, more especially the orthotrichum saxatile (Oken), which forms a miniature hyssop with its lancet-shaped leaves, and from its extreme minuteness furnishes a perfect antithesis to the cedar." There is much to favour this view, since we can easily imagine that the Hebrews may have reckoned a moss, which resembled the hyssop in its leaves, as being itself a species of hyssop. - "And of beasts and birds, of creeping things and fishes;" the four principal classes into which the Hebrews divided the animal kingdom. Speaking of plants and animals presupposes observations and researches in natural science, or botanical and zoological studies.
3Kings 4:34
The widespread fame of his wisdom brought many strangers to Jerusalem, and all the more because of its rarity at that time, especially among princes. The coming of the queen of Sheba to Jerusalem (1 Kings 10) furnishes a historical proof of this.
(Note: Greatly as the fame of Solomon's wisdom is extolled in these verses, it was far outdone in subsequent times. Even Josephus has considerably adorned the biblical accounts in his Antiqq. viii. 2, 5. He makes Solomon the author not only of 1005 βιβλία περὶ ᾠδῶν καὶ μελῶν, and 300 βίβλους παραβολῶν καὶ εἰκόνων, but also of magical books with marvellous contents. Compare the extracts from Eupolemus in Eusebii praep. Ev. ix. 31ff., the remnants of Solomon's apocryphal writings in Fabricii Cod. apocr. V. T. i. pp. 914ff. and 1014f., the collection of the Talmudical Sagas in Othonis Lex. rabb. philol. pp. 668f., and G. Weil, bibl. Legenden der Mussulmnner, pp. 225-279. According to the Koran (Sure xxvii. 3Kings 4:17.), Solomon understood the languages not only of men and demons, but also of birds and ants. The Turkish literature contains a "Book of Solomon," Suleimanname, consisting of seventy volumes, from which v. Hammer (Rosenl, i. p. 147ff.) has given extracts.)
Geneva 1599
And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and (k) largeness of heart, even as the sand that [is] on the sea shore.
(k) Meaning, great understanding and able to comprehend all things.
John Gill
And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much,.... In things natural, moral, divine, and spiritual, and that not slight and superficial, but exceeding deep, and large beyond expression; and this he had not from the acuteness of his genius merely, nor from his industry and diligence; but by the gift of God, as whatsoever solid wisdom and understanding is in any man, it is from the liberal hand of God, the fountain of wisdom, Jas 1:5;
and largeness of heart, even as sand that is on the seashore; he had a genius and capacity to receive anything; his knowledge was vast and comprehensive; it reached to and included things innumerable, as the sand of the sea; there was scarce anything under the heavens, or on the earth, and in the sea, but came within the compass of it, as what are later mentioned show.
John Wesley
Largeness of heart - Vastness of understanding, a most comprehensive knowledge of all things both Divine and human.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
HIS WISDOM. (3Kings 4:29-34)
God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart--that is, high powers of mind, great capacity for receieving, as well as aptitude for communicating knowledge.
4:304:30: Եւ բազմացաւ իմաստութիւնն Սողոմոնի յոյժ, քան զհանճար ամենայն նախնեաց մարդկան, եւ քան զամենայն իմաստնոց Եգիպտոսի։
30 Սողոմոնի իմաստնութունը շատ աւելի խորն էր, քան բոլոր նախորդ մարդկանց ու Եգիպտոսի իմաստունների հանճարը:
30 Սողոմոնին իմաստութիւնը բոլոր արեւելքցիներուն իմաստութենէն ու Եգիպտացիներուն բոլոր իմաստութենէն աւելի էր։
Եւ բազմացաւ իմաստութիւնն Սողոմոնի յոյժ քան զհանճար ամենայն [71]նախնեաց մարդկան`` եւ քան զամենայն իմաստնոց Եգիպտոսի:

4:30: Եւ բազմացաւ իմաստութիւնն Սողոմոնի յոյժ, քան զհանճար ամենայն նախնեաց մարդկան, եւ քան զամենայն իմաստնոց Եգիպտոսի։
30 Սողոմոնի իմաստնութունը շատ աւելի խորն էր, քան բոլոր նախորդ մարդկանց ու Եգիպտոսի իմաստունների հանճարը:
30 Սողոմոնին իմաստութիւնը բոլոր արեւելքցիներուն իմաստութենէն ու Եգիպտացիներուն բոլոր իմաստութենէն աւելի էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:304:30 И была мудрость Соломона выше мудрости всех сынов востока и всей мудрости Египтян.
4:30 וַ wa וְ and תֵּ֨רֶב֙ ttˈērev רבה be many חָכְמַ֣ת ḥoḵmˈaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon מֵֽ mˈē מִן from חָכְמַ֖ת ḥoḵmˌaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son קֶ֑דֶם qˈeḏem קֶדֶם front וּ û וְ and מִ mi מִן from כֹּ֖ל kkˌōl כֹּל whole חָכְמַ֥ת ḥoḵmˌaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:30. et praecedebat sapientia Salomonis sapientiam omnium Orientalium et AegyptiorumAnd the wisdom of Solomon surpassed the wisdom of all the Orientals, and of the Egyptians;
30. And Solomon’s wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east, and all the wisdom of Egypt.
4:30. And the wisdom of Solomon surpassed the wisdom of all the East, and of the Egyptians.
4:30. And Solomon’s wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt.
And Solomon' s wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt:

4:30 И была мудрость Соломона выше мудрости всех сынов востока и всей мудрости Египтян.
4:30
וַ wa וְ and
תֵּ֨רֶב֙ ttˈērev רבה be many
חָכְמַ֣ת ḥoḵmˈaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom
שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
חָכְמַ֖ת ḥoḵmˌaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
קֶ֑דֶם qˈeḏem קֶדֶם front
וּ û וְ and
מִ mi מִן from
כֹּ֖ל kkˌōl כֹּל whole
חָכְמַ֥ת ḥoḵmˌaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:30. et praecedebat sapientia Salomonis sapientiam omnium Orientalium et Aegyptiorum
And the wisdom of Solomon surpassed the wisdom of all the Orientals, and of the Egyptians;
30. And Solomon’s wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east, and all the wisdom of Egypt.
4:30. And the wisdom of Solomon surpassed the wisdom of all the East, and of the Egyptians.
4:30. And Solomon’s wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:30: The children of the east country - That is the Chaldeans, Persians, and Arabians, who, with the Egyptians, were famed for wisdom and knowledge through all the world.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:31
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:30: Children of the east country - Rather, "of the East" - the Beni Kedem - a distinct tribe, who occupied both sides of the Euphrates along its middle course (marginal reference). They were mostly nomads, who dwelt in tents Jer 49:28-29. Job belonged to them Job 1:3, as did probably his three friends; and, perhaps, Balsam Num 23:7. They must have been either Arabs or Aramaeans. We may see in the Book of Job the character of their "wisdom." Like Solomon's, it was chiefly gnomic but included some knowledge of natural history. The "wisdom of Egypt" was of a different kind. It included magic Gen 41:8; Exo 7:11, geometry, medicine, astronomy, architecture, and a dreamy mystic philosophy, of which metempsychosis was the main principle. It is not probable that Solomon was, like Moses (marginal reference), deeply versed in Egyptian science. The writer only means to say that his wisdom was truer and more real than all the much-praised wisdom of Egypt.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:30: the children: Gen 25:6; Job 1:3; Dan 1:20, Dan 4:7, Dan 5:11, Dan 5:12; Mat 2:1, Mat 2:16
the wisdom of Egypt: Isa 19:11, Isa 19:12; Act 7:22
Geneva 1599
And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the (l) east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt.
(l) That is, the philosophers and astronomers who were judged most wise.
John Gill
And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east,.... The Arabians, and Persians, famous for wisdom, and who lay to the east of the land of Judea; whose wisdom lay in the knowledge of the stars, in divination by birds, and soothsaying (m):
and all the wisdom of Egypt; which it was eminent for in the times of Moses, and in which he was learned and well-skilled, Acts 7:22; and hence in later times the philosophers of the Gentiles travelled to get knowledge, as Pherecydes, Pythagoras, Anaxagoras, Plato, and others to Egypt, said to be the mother of arts and sciences (n).
(m) Midrash Kohelet. fol. 76. 3. (n) Macrob. in Som. Scip. c. 19. 21. & Saturnal l. 1. c. 15.
John Wesley
East country - The Chaldeans, Persians, and Arabians, who all lay eastward from Canaan, and were famous in ancient times for their wisdom and learning. Egypt - The Egyptians, whose fame was then great for their skill in the arts and sciences, which made them despise the Grecians as children in knowledge.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country--that is, the Arabians, Chaldeans, and Persians (Gen 25:6).
all the wisdom of Egypt--Egypt was renowned as the seat of learning and sciences, and the existing monuments, which so clearly describe the ancient state of society and the arts, show the high culture of the Egyptian people.
4:314:31: Եւ իմաստնացաւ քան զամենայն մարդիկ. եւ իմաստնացաւ քան զԳեթան Զարաացի, եւ զԵման, եւ զՔաղքաղ եւ զԴարդան՝ որդիս Մաւուլայ. եւ է՛ր անուանի յամենայն ազգս շուրջանակի[3477]։ [3477] Ոմանք. Որդի Սամաւուլայ։
31 Նա բոլոր մարդկանցից առաւել իմաստուն դարձաւ, աւելի իմաստուն, քան զարաացի Գեթանը, Եմանը եւ Մաւուլի որդիներ Քալքալն ու Դարդանը: Նրա համբաւը տարածուել էր շրջակայ բոլոր ազգերի մէջ:
31 Անիկա բոլոր մարդոցմէ իմաստուն էր։ Եզրահացի Եթանէն ու Մաւուլի որդիներէն, Եմանէն, Քալքօլէն ու Դարդայէն, իմաստուն էր ու բոլոր շրջակայ ազգերուն մէջ անուանի եղաւ։
Եւ իմաստնացաւ քան զամենայն մարդիկ, [72]եւ իմաստնացաւ քան զԳեթան Զարաացի``, եւ զԵման, եւ զՔաղքաղ եւ զԴարդան որդիս Մաւուղայ. եւ էր անուանի յամենայն ազգս շուրջանակի:

4:31: Եւ իմաստնացաւ քան զամենայն մարդիկ. եւ իմաստնացաւ քան զԳեթան Զարաացի, եւ զԵման, եւ զՔաղքաղ եւ զԴարդան՝ որդիս Մաւուլայ. եւ է՛ր անուանի յամենայն ազգս շուրջանակի[3477]։
[3477] Ոմանք. Որդի Սամաւուլայ։
31 Նա բոլոր մարդկանցից առաւել իմաստուն դարձաւ, աւելի իմաստուն, քան զարաացի Գեթանը, Եմանը եւ Մաւուլի որդիներ Քալքալն ու Դարդանը: Նրա համբաւը տարածուել էր շրջակայ բոլոր ազգերի մէջ:
31 Անիկա բոլոր մարդոցմէ իմաստուն էր։ Եզրահացի Եթանէն ու Մաւուլի որդիներէն, Եմանէն, Քալքօլէն ու Դարդայէն, իմաստուն էր ու բոլոր շրջակայ ազգերուն մէջ անուանի եղաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:314:31 Он был мудрее всех людей, мудрее и Ефана Езрахитянина, и Емана, и Халкола, и Дарды, сыновей Махола, и имя его было в славе у всех окрестных народов.
4:31 וַ wa וְ and יֶּחְכַּם֮ yyeḥkam חכם be wise מִ mi מִן from כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole הָֽ hˈā הַ the אָדָם֒ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind מֵ mē מִן from אֵיתָ֣ן ʔêṯˈān אֵיתָן Ethan הָ hā הַ the אֶזְרָחִ֗י ʔezrāḥˈî אֶזְרָחִי Ezrahite וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵימָ֧ן hêmˈān הֵימָן Heman וְ wᵊ וְ and כַלְכֹּ֛ל ḵalkˈōl כַּלְכֹּל Calcol וְ wᵊ וְ and דַרְדַּ֖ע ḏardˌaʕ דַּרְדַּע Darda בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son מָחֹ֑ול māḥˈôl מָחֹול Mahol וַ wa וְ and יְהִֽי־ yᵊhˈî- היה be שְׁמֹ֥ו šᵊmˌô שֵׁם name בְ vᵊ בְּ in כָֽל־ ḵˈol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֖ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people סָבִֽיב׃ sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
4:31. et erat sapientior cunctis hominibus sapientior Aethan Ezraita et Heman et Chalcal et Dorda filiis Maol et erat nominatus in universis gentibus per circuitumAnd he was wiser than all men: wiser than Ethan, the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Dorda, the sons of Mahol, and he was renowned in all nations round about.
31. For he was wiser than all men; than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Calcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all the nations round about.
4:31. And he was wiser than all men: wiser than Ethan, the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Calcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol. And he was renowned in all the nations on every side.
4:31. For he was wiser than all men; than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about.
For he was wiser than all men; than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about:

4:31 Он был мудрее всех людей, мудрее и Ефана Езрахитянина, и Емана, и Халкола, и Дарды, сыновей Махола, и имя его было в славе у всех окрестных народов.
4:31
וַ wa וְ and
יֶּחְכַּם֮ yyeḥkam חכם be wise
מִ mi מִן from
כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אָדָם֒ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind
מֵ מִן from
אֵיתָ֣ן ʔêṯˈān אֵיתָן Ethan
הָ הַ the
אֶזְרָחִ֗י ʔezrāḥˈî אֶזְרָחִי Ezrahite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵימָ֧ן hêmˈān הֵימָן Heman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כַלְכֹּ֛ל ḵalkˈōl כַּלְכֹּל Calcol
וְ wᵊ וְ and
דַרְדַּ֖ע ḏardˌaʕ דַּרְדַּע Darda
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
מָחֹ֑ול māḥˈôl מָחֹול Mahol
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִֽי־ yᵊhˈî- היה be
שְׁמֹ֥ו šᵊmˌô שֵׁם name
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כָֽל־ ḵˈol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֖ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people
סָבִֽיב׃ sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
4:31. et erat sapientior cunctis hominibus sapientior Aethan Ezraita et Heman et Chalcal et Dorda filiis Maol et erat nominatus in universis gentibus per circuitum
And he was wiser than all men: wiser than Ethan, the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Dorda, the sons of Mahol, and he was renowned in all nations round about.
31. For he was wiser than all men; than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Calcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all the nations round about.
4:31. And he was wiser than all men: wiser than Ethan, the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Calcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol. And he was renowned in all the nations on every side.
4:31. For he was wiser than all men; than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:31: He was wiser than all men - He was wiser than any of those who were most celebrated in his time, among whom were the four after mentioned, viz., Ethan, Heman, Chalcol, and Darda. Ethan was probably the same as is mentioned in some of the Psalms, particularly Psa 89:1, title; and among the singers in Ch1 6:42. There is a Heman mentioned in the title to Psa 88:1. In Ch1 2:6 we have all the four names, but they are probably not the same persons, for they are there said to be the sons of Zerah, and he flourished long before Solomon's time.
Some suppose that בני מחול beney machol should be rendered masters of dancing or music, as מחול machol signifies not only a dance or choir, but also an instrument of music of the pipe kind. Perhaps a reference is here made to Solomon's skill in music and poetry, as he is compared to persons who appear to have been eminent poets and musicians.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:32
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:31: It is most probable that the persons with whom Solomon is compared were contemporaries, men noted for "wisdom," though there is no other mention of them.
His fame was in all nations - See below, 1 Kings 10.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:31: wiser: Kg1 3:12; Mat 12:42; Luk 11:31; Col 2:3
Ethan: Ch1 15:19; Psa 89:1 *title
Heman: Ch1 2:6, Ch1 6:33, Ch1 15:17; Psa 88:1 *title
his fame: Kg1 5:7, Kg1 10:1, Kg1 10:6; Ch2 9:23; Mat 4:24
John Gill
For he was wiser than all men,.... Not only that lived in his time, but in ages past since the fall of Adam, and in times to come, especially in natural wisdom and knowledge, in all the branches of it; for though some men excel in some part of knowledge, yet not in all, as Solomon did:
than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol; men of the same names are said to be sons of Zerah, grandson of Judah, 1Chron 2:6; wherefore these are either other men, or their father had two names; or Mahol here may be an appellative, and describe the character of these then, and point at what they were famous for, as that they were sons of music, piping, and dancing, as Mahol may signify; the Jews have a tradition (o), that Ethan is Abraham, and Heman Moses, and Chalcol Joseph:
and his fame was in all nations round about; not for his riches and grandeur only, but chiefly for his wisdom.
(o) Hieron. Trad. Heb. in 2 Reg. fol. 80. 1.
John Wesley
All men - Either of his nation; or, of his time: or, of all times and nations, whether of the east or any other country excepting only the first and second Adam. Ethan, &c. - Israelites of eminent wisdom, probably the same mentioned, 1Chron 2:6, 1Chron 15:19, 1Chron 25:4; Ps 88:1(title,) Ps 89:1(title). Chalcol, &c. - Of whom see 1Chron 2:6.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
wiser than all men--that is, all his contemporaries, either at home or abroad.
than Ethan--or Jeduthun, of the family of Merari (1Chron 6:44).
Heman-- (1Chron 15:17-19) --the chief of the temple musicians and the king's seers (1Chron 25:5); the other two are not known.
the sons of Mahol--either another name for Zerah (1Chron 2:6); or taking it as a common noun, signifying a dance, a chorus, "the sons of Mahol" signify persons eminently skilled in poetry and music.
4:324:32: Եւ խօսեցաւ Սողոմոն երի՛ս հազարս առակս. եւ էին օրհնութիւնք նորա հի՛նգ հազար։
32 Սողոմոնը երեք հազար առակ է գրել, իսկ նրա օրհներգութիւնների թիւը հինգ հազար է:
32 Անիկա երեք հազար առակ գրեց ու անոր շարադրած երգերը հազար հինգ հատ էին։
Եւ խօսեցաւ Սողոմոն երիս հազարս առակս. եւ էին օրհնութիւնք նորա [73]հինգ հազար:

4:32: Եւ խօսեցաւ Սողոմոն երի՛ս հազարս առակս. եւ էին օրհնութիւնք նորա հի՛նգ հազար։
32 Սողոմոնը երեք հազար առակ է գրել, իսկ նրա օրհներգութիւնների թիւը հինգ հազար է:
32 Անիկա երեք հազար առակ գրեց ու անոր շարադրած երգերը հազար հինգ հատ էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:324:32 И изрек он три тысячи притчей, и песней его было тысяча и пять;
4:32 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֕ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת šᵊlˌōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three אֲלָפִ֖ים ʔᵃlāfˌîm אֶלֶף thousand מָשָׁ֑ל māšˈāl מָשָׁל proverb וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֥י yᵊhˌî היה be שִׁירֹ֖ו šîrˌô שִׁיר song חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה ḥᵃmiššˌā חָמֵשׁ five וָ wā וְ and אָֽלֶף׃ ʔˈālef אֶלֶף thousand
4:32. locutus est quoque Salomon tria milia parabolas et fuerunt carmina eius quinque et milleSolomon also spoke three thousand parables: and his poems were a thousand and five.
32. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five.
4:32. Solomon also spoke three thousand parables. And his verses were one thousand and five.
4:32. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five.
And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five:

4:32 И изрек он три тысячи притчей, и песней его было тысяча и пять;
4:32
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֕ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת šᵊlˌōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three
אֲלָפִ֖ים ʔᵃlāfˌîm אֶלֶף thousand
מָשָׁ֑ל māšˈāl מָשָׁל proverb
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֥י yᵊhˌî היה be
שִׁירֹ֖ו šîrˌô שִׁיר song
חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה ḥᵃmiššˌā חָמֵשׁ five
וָ וְ and
אָֽלֶף׃ ʔˈālef אֶלֶף thousand
4:32. locutus est quoque Salomon tria milia parabolas et fuerunt carmina eius quinque et mille
Solomon also spoke three thousand parables: and his poems were a thousand and five.
32. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five.
4:32. Solomon also spoke three thousand parables. And his verses were one thousand and five.
4:32. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:32: He spake three thousand proverbs - The book of Proverbs, attributed to Solomon, contain only about nine hundred or nine hundred and twenty-three distinct proverbs; and if we grant with some that the first nine chapters are not the work of Solomon, then all that can be attributed to him is only about six hundred and fifty.
Of all his one thousand and five songs or poems we have only one, the book of Song of Solomon, remaining, unless we include Psa 127:1-5, Except the Lord build the house, etc., which in the title is said to be by or for him, though it appears more properly to be a psalm of direction, left him by his father David, relative to the building of the temple.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:33
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:32: Proverbs - In the collection which forms the "Book of Proverbs," only a small portion has been preserved, less certainly than one thousand out of the three. Ecclesiastes, if it is Solomon's, would add between one hundred and two hundred more proverbs. But the great bulk of Solomon's proverbs has perished.
Songs - Of these, Canticles is probably one (marginal reference): Ps. 72; Psa 127:1-5 may also be of the number. Probably the bulk of Solomon's songs were of a secular character, and consequently were not introduced into the canon of Scripture.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:32: he spake: Prov. 1:1-31:30; Ecc 12:9; Mat 13:35
songs: Song 1:1-17
Geneva 1599
And he spake three thousand (m) proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five.
(m) Which for the most part are thought to have perished in the captivity of Babylon.
John Gill
And he spake three thousand proverbs,.... Wise sayings, short and pithy sentences, instructive in morality and civil life; these were not written as the book of Proverbs, but spoken only, and were taken from his lips, and spread by those that heard them for the use of others, but in process of time were lost; whereas the above book, being written under divine inspiration, is preserved: and
his songs were a thousand and five; some things that were useful to improve the minds and morals of men he delivered in verse, to make them more pleasant and agreeable, that they might be the more easily received and retained in memory; but of all his songs, the most: excellent is the book of Canticles, called "the Song of Songs", being divine and spiritual, and dictated by the inspiration of the Spirit of God: he was both a moral philosopher and poet, as well as a botanist and naturalist, and well-skilled in medicine, as the following words suggest, 3Kings 4:33.
John Wesley
Proverbs - That is, short, and deep, and useful sentences, whereof a great part are contained in the books of Proverbs and Ecclesiastes. Songs - Whereof the chief and most divine are in the Canticles.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
he spake three thousand proverbs--embodying his moral sentiments and sage observations on human life and character.
songs . . . a thousand and five-- Psalm 72, 127, 132, and the Song of Songs are his.
4:334:33: Եւ խօսեցաւ զփայտից զեղեւնափայտէն որ ՚ի Լիբանան, մինչեւ ցզոպայն որ յորմն ելանէ. եւ խօսեցաւ զանասնոց, եւ զթռչնոց, եւ զձկանց[3478]։ [3478] Ոսկան. Մինչեւ ցոպայն որ։ ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚ի վերայ՝ յորմն, նշանակի՝ պարիսպ։
33 Նա խօսել է ծառերի մասին՝ Լիբանանի մայրիից մինչեւ պատն ի վեր մագլցող զոպան, պատմել է անասունների, թռչունների ու ձկների մասին:
33 Անիկա ծառերուն վրայ խօսեցաւ, Լիբանանի եղեւինէն մինչեւ պատի վրայ բուսնող զոպան։ Նաեւ անասուններու վրայ, թռչուններու վրայ, սողուններու վրայ ու ձուկերու վրայ խօսեցաւ։
Եւ խօսեցաւ զփայտից` զեղեւնափայտէն որ ի Լիբանան, մինչեւ ցզոպայն որ յորմն ելանէ. եւ խօսեցաւ զանասնոց եւ զթռչնոց եւ [74]զձկանց:

4:33: Եւ խօսեցաւ զփայտից զեղեւնափայտէն որ ՚ի Լիբանան, մինչեւ ցզոպայն որ յորմն ելանէ. եւ խօսեցաւ զանասնոց, եւ զթռչնոց, եւ զձկանց[3478]։
[3478] Ոսկան. Մինչեւ ցոպայն որ։ ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚ի վերայ՝ յորմն, նշանակի՝ պարիսպ։
33 Նա խօսել է ծառերի մասին՝ Լիբանանի մայրիից մինչեւ պատն ի վեր մագլցող զոպան, պատմել է անասունների, թռչունների ու ձկների մասին:
33 Անիկա ծառերուն վրայ խօսեցաւ, Լիբանանի եղեւինէն մինչեւ պատի վրայ բուսնող զոպան։ Նաեւ անասուններու վրայ, թռչուններու վրայ, սողուններու վրայ ու ձուկերու վրայ խօսեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:334:33 и говорил он о деревах, от кедра, что в Ливане, до иссопа, вырастающего из стены; говорил и о животных, и о птицах, и о пресмыкающихся, и о рыбах.
4:33 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּר֮ yᵊḏabbēr דבר speak עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֵצִים֒ ʕēṣîm עֵץ tree מִן־ min- מִן from הָ hā הַ the אֶ֨רֶז֙ ʔˈerez אֶרֶז cedar אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the לְּבָנֹ֔ון llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד֙ ʕˌaḏ עַד unto הָ hā הַ the אֵזֹ֔וב ʔēzˈôv אֵזֹוב hyssop אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יֹצֵ֖א yōṣˌē יצא go out בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the קִּ֑יר qqˈîr קִיר wall וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּר֙ yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the בְּהֵמָ֣ה bbᵊhēmˈā בְּהֵמָה cattle וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the עֹ֔וף ʕˈôf עֹוף birds וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the רֶ֖מֶשׂ rˌemeś רֶמֶשׂ creeping animals וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the דָּגִֽים׃ ddāḡˈîm דָּג fish
4:33. et disputavit super lignis a cedro quae est in Libano usque ad hysopum quae egreditur de pariete et disseruit de iumentis et volucribus et reptilibus et piscibusAnd he treated about trees, from the cedar that is in Libanus, unto the hyssop that cometh out of the wall: and he discoursed of beasts, and of fowls, and of creeping things, and of fishes.
33. And he spake of trees, from the cedar that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes.
4:33. And he discoursed about trees, from the cedar which is in Lebanon, to the hyssop which grows out from the wall. And he explained about beasts, and birds, and reptiles, and fish.
4:33. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that [is] in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes.
And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that [is] in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes:

4:33 и говорил он о деревах, от кедра, что в Ливане, до иссопа, вырастающего из стены; говорил и о животных, и о птицах, и о пресмыкающихся, и о рыбах.
4:33
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּר֮ yᵊḏabbēr דבר speak
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֵצִים֒ ʕēṣîm עֵץ tree
מִן־ min- מִן from
הָ הַ the
אֶ֨רֶז֙ ʔˈerez אֶרֶז cedar
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
לְּבָנֹ֔ון llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד֙ ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
הָ הַ the
אֵזֹ֔וב ʔēzˈôv אֵזֹוב hyssop
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יֹצֵ֖א yōṣˌē יצא go out
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
קִּ֑יר qqˈîr קִיר wall
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּר֙ yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
בְּהֵמָ֣ה bbᵊhēmˈā בְּהֵמָה cattle
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
עֹ֔וף ʕˈôf עֹוף birds
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
רֶ֖מֶשׂ rˌemeś רֶמֶשׂ creeping animals
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
דָּגִֽים׃ ddāḡˈîm דָּג fish
4:33. et disputavit super lignis a cedro quae est in Libano usque ad hysopum quae egreditur de pariete et disseruit de iumentis et volucribus et reptilibus et piscibus
And he treated about trees, from the cedar that is in Libanus, unto the hyssop that cometh out of the wall: and he discoursed of beasts, and of fowls, and of creeping things, and of fishes.
33. And he spake of trees, from the cedar that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes.
4:33. And he discoursed about trees, from the cedar which is in Lebanon, to the hyssop which grows out from the wall. And he explained about beasts, and birds, and reptiles, and fish.
4:33. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that [is] in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:33: He spake of trees - beasts - fowl - creeping things, and of fishes - This is a complete system of natural history, as far as relates to the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and the first intimation we have of any thing of the kind: Solomon was probably the first natural historian in the world.
O, how must the heart of Tournefort, Ray, Linne, Buffon, Cuvier, Swammerdam, Blosch, and other naturalists, be wrung, to know that these works of Solomon are all and for ever lost! What light should we have thrown on the animal and vegetable kingdoms, had these works been preserved! But the providence of God has not thought fit to preserve them, and succeeding naturalists are left to invent the system which he probably left perfect. If there be any remains of his wisdom, they must be sought among the orientals, among whom his character is well known, and rates as high as it does with either Jews or Christians. I shall give some extracts from their works relative to Solomon when I come to consider his character at the end of Kg1 11:43.
3 Kings (1 Kings) 4:34
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:33: Trees ... - A keen appreciation of the beauties of nature, and a habit of minute observation, are apparent in the writings of Solomon that remain to us. The writer here means to say that Solomon composed special works on these subjects. The Lebanon cedars were the most magnificent of all the trees known to the Hebrews, and hence, represent in the Old Testament the grandest of vegetable productions. (Psa 104:16; Sol 5:15; Eze 31:3, etc.) For the hyssop, see Exo 12:22 note.
Of beasts, and of fowls, and of creeping things, and of fishes - This is the usual Biblical division of the animal kingdom Gen 1:26; Gen 9:2; Psa 148:10.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:33: the cedar tree: The word airez, whence the Chaldee and Syriac arzo, and the Arabic and Ethiopic arz, and Spanish alerze, unquestionably denotes the cedar; it is thus rendered by the LXX and other versions, κεδρος, and by the Vulgate cedrus; and the inhabitants of mount Lebanon still call it ars. The cedar is a large and nobel evergreen tree, and grows on the most elevated part of the mountain, is taller than the pine, and so thick that five men together could scarcely fathom one. It shoots out its branches at ten or twelve feet from the ground; they are large and distant from each other, and are perpetually green. The wood is of a brown colour, very solid and incorruptible, if preserved from wet. The tree bears a small cone, like that of the pine. Num 24:6; Kg2 19:23; Psa 92:12
the hyssop: Exo 12:22; Num 19:18; Psa 51:7; Heb 9:19
of beasts: Gen 1:20-25
Geneva 1599
And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that [is] in Lebanon even unto the (n) hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes.
(n) From the highest to the lowest.
John Gill
And he spake of trees,.... Of all trees, herbs, and plants, of the nature, virtues, and use them:
from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon: a mountain on the northern border of Judea, famous for cedars, the tallest and largest of trees:
even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall; which grew about Jerusalem, and in the mountains of it, as an Arabic writes testifies (p), the lowest and least herb; so that what is between the cedar and hyssop include trees and plants of every kind and sort: whether the same herb we call hyssop is meant, is not certain; some take it to be mint; others marjoram; some houseleek; others the wallflower; Levinus Lemnius (q) supposes it to be Adiantum, or maiden hair: the Targum interprets it allegorically, that he prophesied of the kings of the house of David in this world, and in the world to come of the Messiah:
he spake also of beasts, and of fowls, and of creeping things, and of fishes; he understood the nature of all sorts of animals in the earth, air, and sea, and discoursed of their names, kinds, qualities, and use, with the greatest ease and perspicuity; the Jews fancy that Aristotle's History of Animals is his, which that philosopher came upon, and published it in his own name. Suidas (r) says it was reported that Solomon wrote a book of medicines for all diseases, which was fixed to the entrance of the temple, which Hezekiah took away, because sick people applied to that for cure of their disorders, and neglected to pray to God.
(p) Isaac Ben Omram apud Bochart. Hierozoic. par. 1. l. 2. c. 50. col. 590. (q) Herb. Bibl. Explicat. c. 26. (r) In voce
John Wesley
Trees - That is, of all plants, of their nature and qualities: all which discourses are lost, without any impeachment of the perfection of the holy scriptures; which were not written to teach men philosophy or physick, but only to make them wise unto salvation. From the cedar, &c. - That is, from the greatest to the least.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
he spake of trees, from the cedar . . . to the hyssop--all plants, from the greatest to the least. The Spirit of God has seen fit to preserve comparatively few memorials of the fruits of his gigantic mind. The greater part of those here ascribed to him have long since fallen a prey to the ravages of time, or perished in the Babylonish captivity, probably because they were not inspired.
4:344:34: Եւ գային ամենայն ազգք լսե՛լ զիմաստութիւնն Սողոմոնի եւ յամենայն թագաւորաց երկրի որ լսէին զիմաստութիւն նորա։
34 Բոլոր կողմերից, նրա իմաստնութեան համբաւը լսած երկրի բոլոր թագաւորների մօտից մարդիկ գալիս էին լսելու Սողոմոնի իմաստնութիւնը:
34 Բոլոր ժողովուրդներէն ու անոր իմաստութեան համբաւը լսող բոլոր թագաւորներէն շատեր Սողոմոնին իմաստութիւնը մտիկ ընելու կու գային։
Եւ գային [75]ամենայն ազգք`` լսել զիմաստութիւնն Սողոմոնի, յամենայն թագաւորաց երկրի` որ լսէին զիմաստութիւն նորա:

4:34: Եւ գային ամենայն ազգք լսե՛լ զիմաստութիւնն Սողոմոնի եւ յամենայն թագաւորաց երկրի որ լսէին զիմաստութիւն նորա։
34 Բոլոր կողմերից, նրա իմաստնութեան համբաւը լսած երկրի բոլոր թագաւորների մօտից մարդիկ գալիս էին լսելու Սողոմոնի իմաստնութիւնը:
34 Բոլոր ժողովուրդներէն ու անոր իմաստութեան համբաւը լսող բոլոր թագաւորներէն շատեր Սողոմոնին իմաստութիւնը մտիկ ընելու կու գային։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:344:34 И приходили от всех народов послушать мудрости Соломона, от всех царей земных, которые слышали о мудрости его.
4:34 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come מִ mi מִן from כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole הָ֣ hˈā הַ the עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people לִ li לְ to שְׁמֹ֕עַ šᵊmˈōₐʕ שׁמע hear אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] חָכְמַ֣ת ḥoḵmˈaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon מֵ mē מִן from אֵת֙ ʔˌēṯ אֵת together with כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַלְכֵ֣י malᵊḵˈê מֶלֶךְ king הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׁמְע֖וּ šāmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חָכְמָתֹֽו׃ ס ḥoḵmāṯˈô . s חָכְמָה wisdom
4:34. et veniebant de cunctis populis ad audiendam sapientiam Salomonis et ab universis regibus terrae qui audiebant sapientiam eiusAnd they came from all nations to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and from all the kings of the earth, who heard of his wisdom.
34. And there came of all peoples to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom.
4:34. And they came from all the peoples in order to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and from all the kings of the earth, who were hearing about his wisdom.
4:34. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom.
And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom:

4:34 И приходили от всех народов послушать мудрости Соломона, от всех царей земных, которые слышали о мудрости его.
4:34
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come
מִ mi מִן from
כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
לִ li לְ to
שְׁמֹ֕עַ šᵊmˈōₐʕ שׁמע hear
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
חָכְמַ֣ת ḥoḵmˈaṯ חָכְמָה wisdom
שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
מֵ מִן from
אֵת֙ ʔˌēṯ אֵת together with
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַלְכֵ֣י malᵊḵˈê מֶלֶךְ king
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׁמְע֖וּ šāmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חָכְמָתֹֽו׃ ס ḥoḵmāṯˈô . s חָכְמָה wisdom
4:34. et veniebant de cunctis populis ad audiendam sapientiam Salomonis et ab universis regibus terrae qui audiebant sapientiam eius
And they came from all nations to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and from all the kings of the earth, who heard of his wisdom.
34. And there came of all peoples to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom.
4:34. And they came from all the peoples in order to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and from all the kings of the earth, who were hearing about his wisdom.
4:34. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:34: There came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon - We learn from 1 Kings 10, that the queen of Sheba was one of those visitants, and perhaps the most remarkable, as we have the particulars of her visit, but not of the others.
It is astonishing that of a person so renowned for wisdom, so little should be left to prove the truth of a fact of which all the civilized nations of the world have heard, and of which scarcely any man has ever doubted. The people that came from all kings of the earth were probably ambassadors, who came to form and maintain friendship between their sovereigns and the Israelitish king. We cannot understand the place as speaking of people who, either through an idle or laudable curiosity, came to see and converse with Solomon; to give free access to such people would ill comport with the maintenance of his dignity.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:34: Kg1 10:1; Ch2 9:1, Ch2 9:23; Isa 2:2; Zac 8:23
Next: 3 Kings (1 Kings) Chapter 5
John Gill
And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon,
from all kings of the earth,.... Who sent their ambassadors to his court to know the truth of what was reported, and bring them some proofs and specimens, by which they might judge of the truth of the relations that had been told them; which perhaps might seem to them to be beyond all belief:
which had heard of his wisdom; for the fame of it was spread everywhere by merchants and travellers, and such sort of persons, who had been at Jerusalem, and were masters of various anecdotes relating to Solomon; which they industriously spread in the several parts of the world they had dealings in.
John Wesley
All kings - All the neighbouring kings; a restriction grounded upon the following words, where this is limited to such as heard of Solomon's wisdom. Let those who magnify the modern learning above that of the ancients, produce such a treasury of learning, anywhere in these later ages, as that was, which Solomon was master of. Yet this puts an honour upon human learning, that Solomon is praised for it, and recommends it to the great ones of the earth, as well worthy their diligent search. In all this Solomon was a type of Christ, in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.